Bathrooms and Sanitation: Principles, Design, Implementation 9783955532338, 9783955532321

Citation preview

∂ Practice

Bathrooms and Sanitation Principles Design Implementation

Sibylle Kramer

Edition Detail

Author Sibylle Kramer, architect Co-author (chapter on light): Katja Winkelmann, architect, Lighting Designer IALD Contributors: Wiebke Vettermann; Helen Gührer, Alexander Güth, Simon Martin Ranzenberger

Publisher Editorial services and editorial assistants: Steffi Lenzen (Project Manager); Jana Rackwitz Editorial staff: Samay Claro, Marion Dondelinger, Carola Jacob-Ritz, Sophie Karst, Sandra Leitte Drawings: Ralph Donhauser, Marion Griese, Martin Hämmel, Simon Kramer, Dejanira Ornelas Bitterer, Gina Pawlowski Translation into English: Christina McKenna, keiki communication www.keiki-communication.com Copy Editor: Matthew Griffon, keiki communication Proofreading: Stefan Widdess, Berlin

© 2015 Institut für internationale Architektur-Dokumentation GmbH & Co. KG, Munich An Edition DETAIL book

ISBN 978-3-95553-232-1 (Print) ISBN 978-3-95553-233-8 (E-Book) ISBN 978-3-95553-234-5 (Bundle) Printed on acid-free paper made from cellulose bleached without the use of chlorine. This book is protected by copyright. All rights are reserved, specifically all rights to the translation, reprinting, citation, re-use of illustrations and tables, broadcasting, reproduction on microfilm or in any other ways and storage of material from the book in databases, in whole or in part. Any reproduction of this book or parts of this book is permissible only within the limits imposed by current valid copyright law and shall be subject to charges. Violations of these rights shall be subject to the penalties imposed by copyright law.

Typesetting & production: Simone Soesters Printed by: Grafisches Centrum Cuno GmbH & Co. KG, Calbe 1st edition, 2015 This book is also available in a German language edition (ISBN 978-3-95553-211-6). Bibliographic information published by Die Deutsche Bibliothek. Die Deutsche Bibliothek lists this publication in the Deutsche Nationalbibliographie; detailed bibliographic data is available on the internet at http://dnb.ddb.de. Institut für internationale Architektur-Dokumentation GmbH & Co. KG Hackerbrücke 6, 80335 Munich Tel: +49 89 381620-0 Fax: +49 89 381620-77 www.detail.de

∂ Practice Bathrooms and Sanitation

Contents

7

Introduction

13

Fundamental criteria in planning private bathrooms

27

Fundamental planning criteria for public sanitary facilities

39

Technology and construction

54

Sustainability

61

Materials in bathrooms and sanitary facilities

72

Light in bathroom planning

83

Barrier-free sanitary facilities

90

Renovation and modernisation

98 100 102 103 104 106 108 110 112 114

Examples of projects Conversion of the Alte Hofbibliothek in Donaueschingen (D) Public toilet in Innsbruck (A) Sanitary facility at the ferry harbour in Rødøy (N) Hotel floor in Madrid (E) Hotel in Obanazawa (J) Klosterinsel Rheinau (CH) Detached family house in Sollentuna (S) Holiday house in Linescio (CH) Herzog-Ulrich Primary School in Lauffen am Neckar (D) Primary school sports hall at Tempelhof Field in Berlin (D)

116 119 119 120

Appendix Authors, standards /guidelines Literature Picture credits Index

6

Introduction

In recent years, the significance of the bathroom in architecture has grown considerably. Once an isolated, dark, interior space, private bathrooms now usually have an open design. Natural lighting is seen as essential, daylight is directed and coloured lighting brings spaces to life, creating a range of various atmospheres. Manufacturers of bathroom furniture, taps and fittings and ceramics are constantly expanding their ranges, while new materials and processing techniques enable them to offer elements such as unusually sized tiles and basins made of composite materials that can take on any form. Residents’ wishes are often inspired by the lavish spas of hotels and public baths, spas and swimming pools, so their demands on private bathrooms are also changing in terms of zoning, with floor plans becoming more multifunctional to provide the flexibility needed to respond to changing needs and desires. At the same time, users expect higher quality and better design. In future, there will be a greater focus on issues such as planning for older users, ecology and ongoing technical and digital developments. In public sanitary facilities, such as those in office buildings, bars and restaurants, schools, kindergartens, hospitals, sports complexes, airports and other public facilities, the most important issues are functionality, low maintenance and durability. Yet their designs are also now frequently oriented towards their surroundings because they increasingly showcase a building’s qualities. They assimilate the material and chromatic language of their architecture and interior design and testify to their planners’ inventiveness in implementing concepts.

The historic development of baths and bathing Early baths complexes were in use in Ancient Egypt and Mesopotamia as well as in Ancient Greece, where public baths can be dated back to the 5th century B.C. A culture of bathing was also very important in this early period. People went to baths to clean their bodies as well as to relax and communicate. Small public baths were built during the early Roman Empire, which were followed later by luxuriously equipped thermae. These were places for communication and essential sites of public life. Water, at that time a precious resource, was transported to them across huge public structures – the aqueducts – thereby securing a plentiful water supply and greatly improving the population’s hygiene. Bathing culture in Western Europe diminished with the decline of the Roman Empire in the 5th century A.D., but it survived in the Byzantine Empire. Crusaders returning from the East in the Middle Ages brought ideas and building plans for baths with them to Western Europe, where public bathhouses again became the place in which most people came into contact with running water. Here too, the baths once again became centres of communication and sociability. Religious prudery, the spread of syphilis and not least the great plague epidemics and associated risk of infection meant that by the end of the 16th century most bathhouses had been closed. There was also a prevailing belief that water was dangerous to the health. Bodily contact with water tended to be limited to perfumes, especially among the feudal upper classes. Instead of washing, they rubbed their bodies dry and powdered them. It was only during the Enlightenment in the mid-18th century that ideas changed and public and private baths began to

be built again. In the 19th century, new knowledge in the area of hygiene led to a renaissance in public baths. The first public baths opened in 1842 in Liverpool, and the first German public baths, with 65 bathtubs and 56 washstands, opened in Hamburg in 1855. In private households, the washstand originally stood in the living room. For a growing bourgeoisie, however, a private bathroom was a prestigious architectural feature, so houses came to have a new functional space. Until the turn of the 20th century, many apartment houses in cities had at least one shared bathroom in the corridor. But individualisation had become an inexorable force. It soon became standard to fit every home with its own bathroom, or if there was room, with a guest toilet or guest bathroom as well. Now many clients want separate bathrooms for every person in the house. “Master bathrooms”, separate bathrooms for parents and children, luxurious spa bathrooms – they all share one feature: our private bathroom is now an individual place for expression, retreat and relaxation. Similarly, public bathing complexes are increasingly becoming places to rest, relax and recharge, where we can recover from the hectic pace of daily life and find a source of renewed energy. New types of bathrooms Over the course of their development, from Roman thermae and medieval bathhouses to today’s individual bathrooms, humanity’s washrooms have always reflected human society. Factors such as diverse regional comfort standards and habits, different climatic conditions and varying levels of prosperity have played a role in their design, as have differences in the statutory requirements governing the construction of buildings. Yet some overarching trends 7

Introduction

1

2

and developments can be identified, which differ across Europe in their characteristics, equipment and standards, yet share a general direction. Some trends become part of the architectural language very quickly. The renewed interest in cooking over the past ten years has meant that kitchens in private houses are now frequently designed as open areas, which has decisively changed our view of a functional part of our homes. Kitchens and living and dining areas are now merged in many floor plans, almost as a matter of course. A similar trend is emerging with bathrooms and it will intensify in the near future. Just as kitchens have been merged with living rooms, the bathroom is being and will be merged with bedrooms and in some cases – especially in hotels – with living rooms (Fig. 1). The bathroom as a place of retreat has changed and evolved, opening onto adjoining rooms and ultimately achieving the status of a separate room to spend time in, instead of just a purely functional room. The word “spa” has become synonymous with restorative relaxation, often inside your own four walls. The notion that the word is derived from a Latin acronym – sanus per aquam (health through water) – is the stuff of legend and is not supported by the relevant sources or by Latin grammar. It more likely comes from the Belgian town of Spa, which English “wellness tourists” were visiting as early as the 16th century. The once standardised wet room, with ceiling-high, usually white tiled walls, is no longer seen as essential in public and especially private bathrooms. Even in subsidised housing and sectors where budgets and spaces are tight, simple design elements, such as coloured walls, the use of “warm” materials and a reduction of tiled surfaces, are being used to create cosy atmospheres. 8

Hotels Hotel bathrooms have also undergone a transformation. New hotel bathroom designs are now almost invariably openplan; only the toilet remains separate. A room’s living area is usually separated from its bathroom by just a pane of glass to create visual continuity (Figs. 3 and 4). This has advantages not only for natural lighting, but also makes spaces seem larger. Privacy is ensured by partly mirrored or matte glass. Electrically controlled blinds or curtains can be used to offer guests the individual privacy they desire. The aesthetics, fittings and features of the bathrooms can now be an important factor for guests in deciding for or against a hotel. Although bathtubs and bidets are important to southern European guests, they are now rare in hotel bathrooms. In the bathrooms of the Hotel Mandarin Oriental in Barcelona for example, there are no bidets, although they were still seen as essential equipment for a hotel in Spain until recently. Instead, the showers are more spacious and luxurious, in keeping with most guests’ wishes. Many guests also increasingly appreciate innovations such as shower-toilets, even outside Asian countries. The Waterhouse hotel in Shanghai shows how a bathtub can be placed in the middle of the room and, despite its purist design, contribute to a comfortable atmosphere (Fig. 4). Design A mix of old and new elements, of traditional materials, such as wood and stone, and new products made of synthetic resin or 100 % recyclable materials, references to antique bathhouse culture and modern spatial concepts often shape the character of new bathroom architecture. This mix makes it possible to design practical yet sensual bathrooms that clearly hark back to the tradition of Roman thermae

Introduction

1

2 3 4

5

Just a pane of glass separates bathroom and bedroom. Residential development in Munich (D) 2009, Unterlandstättner Architekten Bathroom furniture, Loft Hamburg (D) 2009, GRAFT Architekten Designer hotel in Berlin (D) 2010, Karim Rashid A “bath cube” made of coloured glass in a hotel room. Hotel in Shanghai (CHN) 2010, Neri & Hu Design and Research Office This carbon fibre bathtub hangs between two walls like a hammock. Splinter Works design agency

3

yet feature new technologies such as multifunctional shower columns or innovative lighting concepts that provide new forms of relaxation and comfort. Innovative materials, intelligent lighting solutions, integrated pipes and cables, ergonomic taps and fittings, digitally controlled equipment and multifunctional partitions have turned the bathroom into a room that users enjoy spending time in. Another notable aspect of modern bathrooms is the exclusion of the right angle as a design element. In many architectural plans, the flowing forms of water are transferred to the surrounding space; partitions have curving forms, ceilings and walls are sculpturally shaped and rounded basins meanderingly encompass the fluid element. Users’ increasing demands also play a major role in current bathroom design. The era in which standardised interior design produced only identical wet rooms as if on a conveyor belt is now over. Today’s bathroom is a room to take your time in. As well as functional fittings, which can be increasingly freely combined, furniture and items once not typically found in a bathroom are now frequently used, often in the form of zoning spatial elements or objects that help users relax (Fig. 2). The last element with a purely functional role, the toilet, has largely disappeared from modern bathrooms into its own niche, a quiet retreat. Yet even it has undergone a technical and design transformation. Toilets can now be flushed silently, and new forms make the toilet barely identifiable as such, if that’s what users want. In Asian countries, most toilets now have an extra bidet function (shower-toilets). Technology and materials As well as spatial aesthetics, greater ease of use and sustainability are also increasingly important issues. Environ-

4

mentally friendly technologies and materials are fundamental arguments that many manufacturers use to make their products stand out. Some new materials can be completely recycled or made mainly of organic components. Innovative, very hard materials with very high bending strength make it possible to produce extreme forms and very thin-walled objects, which in turn allows for a new design aesthetic (Fig. 5). Despite efforts to save water and use it sustainably, the bathtub is still the salient optical element of many bathroom plans. It appears in the widest possible variety of forms, ranging from historic-looking, free-standing bathtubs with ornate feet through ergonomically formed tubs or whirlpool tubs that can fit several people to walk-in elements combined with showers. The range of

advanced technical features is just as diverse as their design. Water temperature, intake and drainage can now be regulated via Bluetooth from a control panel, or the whole tub can be transformed into a resonant body so that the sound is not only audible to the bather, but palpable through the water. Public sanitary facilities A public washroom is, as American TV series have been showing us for years, central to communications in office complexes and bars. Women and men now share toilet anterooms (Fig. 7) or gain “forbidden” glances through one-way mirrors that are transparent from the back. Visiting a public toilet has become an interesting experience (Fig. 6). We rarely leave a new restaurant, club, office

5

9

Introduction

6

7

Men’s toilet on the 20th floor with a view over the city. Hotel in Hamburg (D) 2007, David Chipperfield Shared anteroom to the women’s and men’s toilets in a club in Hamburg (D) 2013, Thomas Baecker Bettina Kraus Architekten a The partitions in the toilet area are made of perforated and stained multiplex boards with a beech veneer surface, the floor is PU-coated screed. b Floor plan: the toilets are arranged in a crescent around the anteroom and water and power supply core.

building or airport without having looked at how the architect has continued the building’s design concept in its toilets or public sanitary facilities. One issue that often arises in planning public sanitary facilities is the question of how robust or vandal-proof they should be. Any decision on this issue also involves psychological aspects. Using visibly vandal-proof fittings can actually provoke some users to damage objects. Using aesthetically high quality materials on the other hand, can induce users to appreciate them and treat them with respect. To ensure low-maintenance in ongoing operations, the kind of hand drying that will be used must be taken into account. Using disposable paper towels makes it necessary to institute ordering processes and permanent checks, to refill the towel holders, remove lots of rubbish and provide rubbish bins.

6

10

This type of hand-drying can also create an unattractive atmosphere if users carelessly throw the paper on the floor. Electronic hand dryers may involve problems with noise, hygiene, the lingering of users during drying, maintenance and energy consumption, but they can be a suitable alternative. Fundamental planning criteria A good bathroom is built first and foremost to meet its users’ needs. Their requirements must be identified with clients in the initial phases of planning. If the future users are a fairly abstract group, specifications that will accommodate the largest possible target group must be agreed on in discussions with clients. Depending on the overall concept (target group, sales, rental), light, warm materials and functional, timeless objects and taps and fittings will be a

Introduction

7a

b

more appropriate choice in this case than extraordinary design concepts that will polarise opinions. Materials must be chosen taking their durability, cost and ease of maintenance and operations, comfort aspects and the overall budget into account. A good bathroom is designed in keeping with the latest technical regulations and standards and represents a position on current tendencies and issues such as sustainability and energy efficiency. It responds to a pre-existing situation and adapts to local conditions and requirements. A good bathroom simply works. Objects are arranged to offer users enough room to move about and use the bathroom in their customary way. In planning private bathrooms for specific users, their everyday routines and needs can be identified and planning adapted to fit in with them. If the bathroom is completely outfitted in the construction phase, it should be planned so that the future user can store the objects they use, ranging from towels and hairdryers through cosmetics, razors and toothbrushes and up to the washing machine, as they wish, without having to add to the existing fittings and equipment. If not all fittings and equipment are incorporated in the construction phase, niches and spaces must be built so that elements can be subsequently and naturally added to and still fit in with the bathroom’s overall look. Planners should ensure that there are enough power points, that steam and damp can evaporate well and the room dry adequately, that the floor is slip-resistant enough for users’ needs and that all surfaces are sufficiently robust and easy to clean. A good bathroom with a pleasant atmosphere invites the user to linger and becomes a place that enhances their wellbeing.

Trends One current area of interest is barrierfree bathrooms. Hopefully the development of objects and technologies that deal with concerns in this area will progress quickly because the use of such objects in prestigious bathrooms will result in their becoming more than just niche solutions. It is not only older people or those with disabilities who want spacious, floor-level showers and bathtubs and aesthetically appealing and easy to use accessories. In public sanitary facilities, where space and flexibility is less vital, new materials that meet demands of both aesthetics and durability will become more important, as will the further development of technologies that reduce the use of resources, such as water-saving taps and fixtures and water-saving bathtubs shaped to accommodate the body’s form, and components that contribute to maintaining hygiene, such as toilets without flush rims. Materials are being developed with structures that give their surfaces a warm feel, so even tiled spaces can have a cosy character. There is now a general focus on conceptual solutions, i.e. “single source” bathrooms that are designed to work with as few different materials as possible. In terms of technology, individual control is playing an increasingly important role in bathroom design. Developments here range from atmospheric lighting in bathtubs through individually preset water temperatures and up to personal soundscapes that can be regulated from a smartphone.

11

Fundamental criteria in planning private bathrooms

While having your own bathroom in your home was still an absolute luxury in the early 20th century, by the 1950s, standard bathroom modules had become the norm. Instead of washing themselves in troughs and tubs of water in their living rooms, people now washed in a usually small, separate functionally furnished room. The private bathroom has long since ceased to be a room serving purely functional personal hygiene purposes and is increasingly becoming a room to enjoy and spend time in, an oasis of wellbeing and a space that at first glance is no longer recognisable as a bathroom in the classic sense. Bathrooms have become rooms with qualities that encourage their users to linger. They are often integrated into bedrooms, sometimes even into living rooms. People are now spending more time in the bathroom, and their demands on equipment and comfort are increasing. In designing a bathroom, it is therefore necessary to first give some thought to the basic overall conditions, to users’ requirements and to the surroundings into which the bathroom will be integrated. Sanitary facilities are areas in which sanitary engineering technologies are used to supply and dispose of water and wastewater. In private homes, the bathroom and toilet, kitchen and utility room are the rooms that must comply with general standards of hygiene, health and accident prevention. This book will not, however, deal with special facilities such as saunas and swimming pools in homes. Private bathrooms are bathrooms in detached, single-family houses and apartment buildings, in flats and apartments and in facilities such as hotels and hospitals. The demands made on private bathrooms differ from those made on public sanitary facilities in offices, schools or sports facilities etc. (see Requirements, p. 27ff.).

Typologies of private bathrooms Developments in the design of private bathrooms are breaking down both spatial and terminological barriers. Conventional categorisations and typologies may still be partly justifiable, although they should be regarded not as providing a rigid framework, but more of an overview. In terms of bathroom typology, this means that family or multi-generational bathrooms can also be spa-type bathrooms, can be integrated into other living areas or be zoned so that they are regarded as two bathroom-type areas. Family bathrooms / multi-generational bathrooms / main bathrooms

The demands on a bathroom will differ greatly depending on the age, mobility and number of its users. Older people or people with disabilities will require more room to move and aids; a family with children will need more storage space and perhaps a bathroom that several people can use at the same time. It is recommended that sanitary fittings be installed at different heights for children and adults. A bathtub can be more important in a family bathroom because small children tend to be bathed rather than showered. Depending on the family’s daily routines, attempts should be made to meet the different requirements of individual daily routines. If a bathroom will be used at the same time by several people, for example, planners can respond by adding more basins or by dividing the space into two or more bathrooms. It may be advisable to plan an en-suite bathroom (a bathroom adjoining the master bedroom) as well as a separate bathroom for the children that can be later converted into a guest bathroom. A multi-generational bathroom takes the needs of various lifestyles and ages into account with the goal of ensuring easy and comfortable use for all age groups.

En-suite bathrooms

An en-suite bathroom opens directly onto a bedroom or sometimes onto a corridor (Fig. 1 a, p. 14). This direct connection to the bedroom means that they are not usually suitable as the sole bathroom in a home. Users generally enter them directly from the bedroom without having to cross shared spaces. This feature allows them to offer high levels of comfort and privacy. Another bathroom is advisable for children and guests. If space is limited, a skilfully planned toilet can be added to serve as both a guest toilet and en-suite bathroom. Guest bathrooms / guest toilets

Depending on users’ habits, a separate guest bathroom or guest toilet can be a useful complement to a main bathroom, if the available residential space allows for one. Spa-type bathrooms

Bathrooms incorporating spa features are increasingly being built in spacious flats and houses. They are generally larger than normal bathrooms, and in planning them there is a particular focus on comfort and atmosphere (Fig. 1 b, p. 14). A spa-type bathroom can also serve as a family or multi-generational bathroom. Even in smaller spaces, well-planned details and fixtures can make a bathroom into more of a room to rest and relax in. Spa-type bathrooms can be separate, closed rooms or open spaces. The trend in recent years is to dissolve the boundaries between the bedroom and bathroom, so the re-interpreted bathrooms flow as private spa areas into bedrooms or even living rooms. Spa-type bathrooms no longer have to be built in dark interior spaces or left-over areas in homes. They are often built in daylight zones or exterior areas. As well as warm, inviting materials, prestigious fittings, such as special taps 13

Fundamental criteria in planning private bathrooms

d

1a

b

and fixtures, are often installed in them – shower heads like waterfalls, coloured lighting effects and a separate sauna are now not unusual. A spa-type bathroom has long become standard in top-class hotels, with a bathroom or bathtub often integrated into the bedroom or living area. These zones are frequently separated by a transparent pane of glass to provide an impression of open space and good lighting. Sliding doors enable users to flexibly respond to varying needs for privacy. Hotel rooms now sometimes consist of a bedroom, living area and spa-type bathroom, all in a single open space. Bathrooms in residential developments with limited budgets (standard bathrooms)

Despite these trends, issues of space and budget specifications tend to exercise a major influence on standard housing construction. The subsequent buyers and tenants are not known and the architect is not planning for individual users. Developers and investors tend to make residential space and construction costs contingent on future purchase or rent prices, so the bathroom must be costeffective and planning, construction and maintenance costs must fit into a prescribed budget, as must construction times. Depending on the specifications, standardisation can range right up to the use of uniform sanitary modules prefabricated in factories, which can considerably shorten construction times. Meeting these demands may result in less individual bathrooms, but not necessarily less sophisticated ones. Flexible bathroom planning is essential in this context, as is the durability of materials and costeffectiveness. Even “standard” bathrooms usually no longer necessarily contain floor-to-ceiling tiled walls, and their taps and fittings and sanitary units tend to be simple and timeless. 14

c

e

Prefabricated bathrooms

If there are many bathrooms of the same type in a building, the use of prefabricated installation blocks or whole sanitary modules can be a good idea (Figs. 1e and 2). Shorter installation times and fewer finishing processes compared with conventional bathroom construction can be important factors in shortening construction times or when installing bathrooms in existing buildings. The prefabricated sanitary modules usually supplied include installation blocks with preinstalled pipes, ducts and objects. They are generally sandwich constructions installed as a wooden frame clad with particle board, fibre cement panels, aluminium, pressed stainless steel, fibreglass reinforced polyester and various plastics. Objects and accessories can be made of the same materials. Barrier-free bathrooms

People with disabilities or restricted mobility should be able to use the bathroom without outside help, as far as possible. Often these users need more room to move and more aids to help them feel confident in using sanitary facilities. In the past, the issue of designing bathrooms to be barrier-free was largely ignored. The necessary accessories, such as wheelchair-compatible washbasins, handles and folding platforms for the shower or bathtub may meet technical requirements, but often not the aesthetic wishes of planners and users. A design for a barrier-free bathroom might start with a shower or bathtub with an entrance that is flush with the floor – a convenience that not only older people or those with restricted physical mobility appreciate – and by no means ends with simply allowing space for the range of movement that wheelchair users need. The rethink that has begun in this area will hopefully continue and

2

intensify in future because it makes sense to think about barrier-free bathrooms well before they become necessary. A shower-toilet, for example, can help users with disabilities maintain personal hygiene themselves and allow older users more independence. The precondition for integrating of barrier-free features into the planning of private bathrooms at an early stage is an examination of users’ demands by planners and the development of aesthetic products and solutions by industry. Planning and building barrier-free bathrooms with sophisticated designs is still a particular challenge, particularly where the issue of cost plays a major role (see Barrier-free bathrooms, p. 83ff.). From planning to construction Before a bathroom is newly planned, renovated or extended, it is advisable to collect some basic data so as to ensure optimum planning processes within the prescribed budget. Selection of the bathroom’s equipment in terms of its quality and number of sanitary fittings will depend on users’ personal needs, on spatial conditions and on existing power and plumbing connections. The checklist below (Fig. 3) provides an overview of the points that should be taken into consideration in contemporary bathroom planning. Depending on the wishes of individual users or clients, it can be advisable to determine whether the bathroom being planned will be open and integrated into a living room or be a closed, separate room. The materials of the surrounding space will influence the design of an open bathroom because they will seamlessly flow into the bathroom area. An open bathroom’s furniture and surfaces are often adapted to the adjoining living area to form a conceptually harmonious whole.

Fundamental criteria in planning private bathrooms

Pre-existing conditions fundamentally influence bathroom conversions. Existing ducts, pipes and cabling should be taken into account in plans to keep the cost and effort of planning to a manageable level. If the bathroom is too small, it can perhaps be merged with other rooms. Depending on the floor plan in question, it can, for example, be a good idea to turn a kitchen into a bathroom and integrate a kitchen area into a living room. A bathroom with natural lighting and ventilation enhances users’ well-being and also offers technical advantages. Planning tools

Planning guidelines and generallyaccepted engineering and construction standards apply to private and public clients equally. Depending on the overall building project, it can be advisable for architects to create a visualisation in addition to the usual 2-D plans so that the planned spatial design and selection of objects and materials can be tested to ensure that they create the desired spatial effect. As planning progresses, the degree of detail becomes finer. Before starting construction, it is advisable to prepare items such as doors, partitions and tiled backsplashes to determine how the joints fit and whether installations will have to be set in the joints between tiles or if a change of materials under the door is necessary. The degree of detail can range up to a scale of 1:1.

1. Bathroom function ™ Family / main bathroom ™ Second bathroom ™ Spa-type bathroom

™ Guest bathroom ™ Guest toilet ™ Barrier-free bathroom

2. Building plan and residential situation ™ New building ™ Renovation ™ Bathroom relocation ™ Partial renovation

™ ™ ™ ™

3. Structural conditions ™ Room size ™ Room with sloping roof ™ Windows ™ Doors ™ Sanitary fitting connections ™ Front wall installations ™ Ventilation ™ Strengthening of load-bearing walls and ceilings

Length ____ ™ yes Number ____ Number ____ ™ in place ™ move ™ natural Necessary

Freehold flat Detached single-family house Owner Tenant Width ____ Height ____ ™ no Size ____ Opening direction ____ Size ____ Opening direction ____ ™ supplement ™ remove ™ mechanical ™ yes ™ no

4. Details on the people and users in the household ™ How many people use the bathroom? ™ Do children use the bathroom? ™ Do seniors use the bathroom? ™ Do users have physical disabilities or restrictions? ™ Do several people use the bathroom at the same time? ™ Is the number of people in the family likely to increase or decrease in the foreseeable future? 5. Desired equipment and fittings and products required ™ Bathtub/Whirlpool ™ Dryer ™ Shower: with shower basin /level with the floor ™ Boiler ™ Steam shower ™ Heaters ™ Shower partition ™ Heated towel rail ™ Shower stall ™ Under-floor heating ™ Single washbasin ™ Bathroom furniture /cupboards /open shelves ™ Double washbasin ™ Mirror /mirrored cupboard ™ Toilet ™ Taps and fittings ™ Shower-toilet ™ Tiles ™ Bidet ™ Accessories ™ Urinal ™ Lighting ™ Washing machine ™ Other: 6. What prerequisites should the bathroom fulfil? ™ Energy and water-saving ™ Ecological / sustainable ™ Partly/completely barrier-free ™ Lots of room to move ™ Plenty of shelf space (e.g. wall niches) ™ Lots of storage space

™ ™ ™ ™ ™ ™

Low-maintenance Suitable for children Brand-name quality Special technology Lighting effects Other:

7. What style is preferred? ™ Modern, timeless ™ Functional ™ Minimalistic, purist ™ Design-oriented ™ Classic, elegant

™ ™ ™ ™ ™

Country house style Mediterranean Luxurious, opulent Asian, feng shui-oriented Other:

8. Which colours should predominate in the bathroom? ™ Strong colours, fashionable colours ™ Black / white /grey ™ Pastel shades ™ Warm colours /earthy colours 9. Which materials should be used on the walls? ™ Fully /partly tiled ™ Plastered ™ Partly wallpapered

™ Partly painted ™ Natural stone ™ Other:

10. Which materials should be used on the floor? ™ Tiles ™ Natural flagstones ™ Wood

™ Vinyl ™ Other:

11. How should the ceiling be built? ™ Stretched ceiling ™ Painted ™ Plastered

™ Wallpapered ™ Other:

12. Which light sources should be used? ™ LED spotlights ™ Halogen spotlights ™ Wall lights ™ Ceiling lights

™ ™ ™ ™

Lights around mirrors Indirect lighting Coloured lights Other:

13. What budget range, not including tradesmen’s fees, has been specified for building the bathroom? 1

2 3

Typology of private bathrooms: a En-suite bathroom b Spa-type bathroom c Family bathroom d Compact bathroom e Prefabricated bathroom Prefabricated bathroom used in a mixed construction method Checklist for bathroom planning

14. How should the budget be allocated? _____ % ™ Sanitary equipment _____ % ™ Taps and fittings _____ % ™ Tiles 15. Installation and preparation ™ Heating, ventilation, sanitation, water _____ € _____ € ™ Installation of sanitary fittings _____ € 3 ™ Electrical installations

™ Bathroom furniture _____ % ™ Incidentals 10 %

™ Tile laying ™ Joinery ™ Incidentals

_____ € _____ € 10 %

15

Fundamental criteria in planning private bathrooms

Household size

Minimum standard

Average standard

High standard

1–2 people

1 bathtub 1 washbasin 1 toilet

1 bathtub 1 washbasin 1 toilet 1 shower

1 bathtub 2 washbasins 2 toilets 2 showers 1 urinal

3 –4 people

1 bathtub 1 shower 1 washbasin 2 toilets

1 bathtub 1 shower 2 washbasins 2 toilets

1 bathtub 2 showers 2 washbasins 2 toilets 1 urinal

5 –7 people

1 bathtub 1 shower 2 washbasins 2 toilets

1 bathtub 1 shower 3 washbasins 3 toilets

1 bathtub 2 showers 3 washbasins 3 toilets 1 urinal

4

Equipment and fittings Basic fittings

Superior fittings

Prestigious fittings

Toilet

Toilet paper holder Toilet brush

Toilet paper holder Toilet brush with holder (wall-mounted)

Toilet paper holder Toilet brush with holder (wall-mounted) Box for extra toilet paper Rubbish bin

Washbasin

Shelf Mirror

Shelf Mirror Hand towel rail

Shelf Large mirror Hand towel rail Glass in holder

Bathtub

Hand rail Hook

Hand rail Bath towel rail

Hand rail Bath towel rail

and /or shower

Hand rail Shower partition Hook

Hand rail Shower partition Bath towel rail

Hand rail Shower partition Bench seat (folding) Bath towel rail

Washing machine

–

–

–

Bidet

–

Towel rail

Towel rail (bathroom furniture)

Whirlpool

–

–

–

Bathroom

5

–

Toilet paper holder Toilet brush with holder (wall-mounted)

Toilet paper holder Toilet brush with holder (wall-mounted) Box for extra toilet paper

Washbasin

–

Mirror Hand towel hook

Shelf Mirror Hand towel rail

Urinal

–

with lid

with lid

16

The space a bathroom requires is very individual and often defined by its spatial environment, the budget or client specifications, although certain minimum dimensions, movement areas and technical standards must be complied with. The requirements stipulated in the laws, regulations and standards offer orientation for planners (see Guidelines, p. 116ff.). Planners will also have to comply with certain basic specifications that apply in their country or region. Compliance with laws and standards will not, however, of itself produce good design because laws and standards do not take individual needs or current trends into account. It may be advisable to review and perhaps make the size of movement areas larger than the space specified in regulations, or to adapt plans to suit individual comfort by adjusting the height at which sanitary units, taps and fittings are installed for very tall or short people, for example.

4 5

Guest toilet Toilet

Basic criteria

6

7

Equipment of bathrooms with a minimum, average and high standard in residential buildings Fittings required for the basic, superior and prestigious equipping of private bathrooms (as specified in VDI 6000 part 1) Number and specifications of sanitary fittings depending on housing standard and comfort, house on Tegernsee lake (D) 2005, Titus Bernhard Architekten Various floor plans for a Toilets /guest toilets b Shower bath c Bathroom with tub d Fully-equipped bathroom

Fundamental criteria in planning private bathrooms

6

150

135

Installation zone (or position of fittings installed in front of a wall)

135

170

145

135

Possible alternative door configuration

230

115

185

90

180

240

243

240

180

a

160

240 160

153

325

215 – 235

150

210

210

170

b

315

285–305 170

230

290

210

250 –260

170

c

310–320 265 285–315 330 7d

17

Fundamental criteria in planning private bathrooms

8

9

Requirements on bathrooms in residential buildings The number, equipment and size of private sanitary facilities will depend on the number of people in the household who use them and the level of comfort they expect (Fig. 6, p. 17). Although people have very individual requirements in terms of size and equipment, the standard figures shown in Fig. 4 (p. 16) provide orientation for housing construction. If there is a wheelchair user in a household of more than three people, an extra separate toilet with a washbasin should be provided because wheelchair users may tend to need more time in the bathroom. The best positioning of washing machine and dryer will depend on the standard and number of people in the household. Facilities that are now usually taken for granted are also prescribed in regulations. Section 48 of the German Model Building Code (Musterbauordnung – MBO) stipulates that every home must have a bathroom with a bathtub or shower and toilet. Windowless bathrooms and toilets are only permitted if effective ventilation is ensured (MBO § 43). DIN 68 935 (in Germany), ÖNORM B 5410 and 5411 (in Austria) and SIA 500 (in Switzerland) must also be taken into account. Approved bathroom planning recommendations have also been issued by the Association of German Engineers (Verband Deutscher Ingenieure – VDI). VDI guideline 6000, part 1 on “Provisions and installation of sanitary facilities – private housing” distinguishes three categories of sanitary facilities in housing construction (Fig. 5, p. 16): • basic facilities: minimum standard for publicly funded housing construction • superior facilities: normal, generally 18

accepted standard for privately financed rental housing construction or freehold flats • prestigious facilities: standards based on individual wishes, e.g. freehold flats and houses Types of bathrooms

Depending on the client’s specifications, number of users and available space, it may be advisable to make use of different types of bathroom or combinations of facilities in planning. A facing wall or toilet tanks will have to be added in all the bathroom types listed below, depending on the position of the ducts. Toilets /guest toilets Toilets are usually equipped with a toilet and a hand basin. Their minimum clearance should be about 170 ≈ 90 cm or 145 ≈ 115 cm (Fig. 7 a, p. 17). Showers Shower rooms are usually equipped with a shower and washbasin. A minimum clearance of about 125 ≈ 165 cm is necessary. If there is also a toilet in the shower room, the minimum clearance must be about 160 ≈ 180 cm or 160 ≈ 240 cm. (Fig. 7 b, p. 17). Bathroom with bathtub This type of bathroom contains a washbasin and toilet and a bathtub instead of a shower stall. The minimum clearance must be about 170 ≈ 210 cm, or if objects are positioned differently 150 ≈ 315 cm (Fig. 7 c, p. 17). Complete bathroom This kind of bathroom has a washbasin, toilet, bathtub and shower and can also be supplemented with a bidet. If there is no separate room (such as a laundry or utility room) for a washing machine in the home, it is advisable to provide the con-

nections and space for one in the bathroom. The minimum clearance must be about 210 ≈ 265 cm or 170 ≈ 310 cm (Fig. 7 d, p. 17). Requirements on bathrooms in hotels In recent years, the architecture of hotel bathrooms, especially those of the highest standard, has made a quantum leap. What was once simply furnished as a standard bathroom, now often looks like a journey into the future. Bathrooms have become like spas or inspiring fantasy worlds (Fig. 11, p. 20). Designers and architects design spaces with consistent material concepts that at first glance are often hardly recognisable as bathrooms. Bathtubs are no longer set in closed rooms but now complete a sculptural bed, or are built as freestanding objects in front of picture windows and offer unique views, or resemble the whirlpool in a spa. Their materials flow across the floors and up the walls, integrating the sanitary fittings (see Examples of projects – Hotel floor in Madrid, p. 103). These trends and developments involving the minimum dimensions and usual arrangement of sanitary fittings are hard to express in charts and figures. In planning hotel bathrooms, various local guidelines and regulations must also be complied with, such as the German Model Ordinance on Accommodation Establishments (Beherbergungsstättenverordnung BStättV). Hotels and star categories

In planning hotel bathrooms, the sanitary equipment will depend in part on the star category of the hotel involved. In 2010, hoteliers associations in Germany, the Netherlands, Austria, Sweden, Switzerland, the Czech Republic and Hungary founded the Hotelstars Union, which Estonia, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxem-

Fundamental criteria in planning private bathrooms

bourg, Malta, Belgium, Denmark and Greece also joined in 2013. The requirements shown in Fig. 10 in each star category represent the minimum requirements (M). The number of points that can be scored beyond the minimum number of points required for each star category determine whether the designation “Superior” can be added (hotels that score several more points than their category requires). Since 2010, points have also been awarded for room size and are no longer a precondition for a specific star category.

Bathroom comfort features

Points

*

**

***

****

*****

100 % room with shower / toilet or bathtub / toilet 1)

1

M

M

M

M

M

and of these 50 % of rooms with bathtub and separate shower stall

10

30 % of rooms with separate toilet

5

Shower with shower curtain / partition 2)

1

M

M

M

M

M

Washbasin

1

M

M

M

M

M

Double washbasin in double rooms

5

Double washbasin in suites

2

Washable bathmat

1

M

M

M

M

Functional washbasin lighting

1

M

M

M

M

M

Mirror

1

M

M

M

M

M

Power point near the mirror

1

M

M

M

M

M

Cosmetic mirror

1 M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

Adjustable cosmetic mirror

2

Illuminated cosmetic mirror

1

Furnishing concepts

Towel rail or hook

1

The operator’s overall concept plays a decisive role in the equipping of hotel bathrooms, with particular attention paid to aspects such as design, user-friendliness, technology, quality standards, sustainability, durability, safety and costeffectiveness. More recently, hoteliers have increasingly placed great importance on hotel bathrooms with high quality fixtures and fittings and an especially comfortable character that underscore the style of the establishment. In an era of fierce competition for hotel guests, a hotel room and its bathroom should imprint itself in the guest’s memory as a complete image. The classic division of the room into bathroom and living area is now often dispensed with in favour of spaciousness. Using transparent materials, such as frameless glass plates, to divide the

Heating options in the bathroom 3)

3

Towel heater

3

Shelf

1

Large shelf

3

Toothbrush glass

M

M

M

M

M M

M

1

M

M

M

M

M

Soap or wash lotion

1

M

M

M

M

M

Bubble bath or shower gel

1

M

M

M

M

Shampoo 4)

1

M

M

Body care products in individual bottles

2

Extra cosmetic articles (e.g. shower cap, nail file, cotton balls, cotton pads, body lotion)

M M

1 of each item, max. 3

M

M

Paper facial tissues

2

M

M

M

Extra roll of toilet paper

1

M

M

M

M

M

1 hand towel per person

1

M

M

M

M

M

1 bath towel per person

2

M

M

M

M

Bath robe on request

2

Bath robe

4

Slippers on request

1

Slippers

3

Hairdryer on request

1

Hairdryer

2

Bathroom stool

3

Scales

1

Rubbish bin

1

M M M M M

M

M M

M

M

M

M

M

1)

8 i-Suite Hotel, Rimini (I) 2009, Simone Micheli 9 Hotel am Domplatz, Linz (A) 2009, hohensinn architektur 10 Criteria for bathroom equipment and fittings in hotels as classified by star categories M = Criterion must be met as a minimum prerequisite in the relevant star category

If 15 % of the rooms in the * and ** categories have no shower / toilet or bath/toilet and guests must use a shared shower / toilet, guests must be explicitly informed about the shortfall of the standard and this aspect of the room(s) before concluding the contract for accommodation. 2) If the shower’s spatial configuration protects the sanitary area from spray and splashes, a shower curtain or shower partition can be dispensed with. 3) The minimum criterion is regarded as fulfilled when the criterion “towel heater” is included. 4) The criterion is regarded as fulfilled when the bubble bath/shower gel is also explicitly designated as suitable 10 for hair washing.

19

Fundamental criteria in planning private bathrooms

11

space allows for good light distribution and can make hotel rooms look bigger (Figs. 8, 9, p.18 and 12). Consistent material concepts create a pleasant, uncluttered atmosphere. Hotel bathroom furnishings and accessories (toiletries, hairdryers etc.) are now usually well coordinated. Their interior design concept gathers everything together into a consistent whole, making use of well-planned recesses, slots and fixtures in walls and washbasins. The nationality and habits of guests may also play a role in bathroom planning. Germans tend to prefer showers, while Southern Europeans more often wash in the bathtub and bidet. In Asia, many people shower before taking a bath, so a drain set in the floor is advisable. Such customs should be taken into account in hotels designed to accommodate international guests. Yet these cultural preferences only serve as orientation, and even international hotel chains are

now often dispensing with a bathtub or bidet, focusing instead on the general trend of opening bathrooms up to living areas and aligning their aesthetic with the overall concepts implemented in living areas. The result is that hotel bathrooms now often have very transparent designs, with only the toilet in a separate, closed-off room. Basic design criteria Many other aspects, as well as compliance with minimum dimensions, have to be taken into consideration in planning bathrooms and arranging sanitary fittings, but the main objective in their arrangement is to make the room easier to use. Washbasins, objects of frequent use, are best positioned so that they are quick and easy to reach. The positioning of objects around installation ducts plays a role in a bathroom’s functioning because the necessary pipeline gradients to ducts must be ensured.

Functional areas for accommodating central household technical equipment should be planned to take up as little space as possible. Arranging sanitary fittings

Rooms containing sanitary equipment, such as bathrooms, kitchens and utility rooms, require installation ducts for pipes. To avoid long pipe routes and large areas of wall panelling, it can be advisable to link these rooms (in the floor plan) horizontally and arrange them vertically (in the cross section) in a “bundle” so that they can be connected to a shared supply duct. Bathrooms are often planned to contain functional household equipment such as washing machines and dryers, so connections for these must be taken into account in planning. During concrete layout planning, the relative dimensions and arrangement of sanitary fittings are determined. Depending on existing structural conditions, such plans can make more or less effective use of space and technical execution. The positioning of objects around installation ducts plays an important role in determining the arrangements of rooms. If ducts are already fixed in position in a building, sanitary fittings that cannot be installed right in front of a duct should have a front wall panel to conceal the pipe and cable routing. Washbasin pipes have a smaller diameter than those of toilets or showers so they can run along the inside of drywall panels

11 Hotel Puerta America, Madrid (E) 2006, Plasma Studio 12 Garden suite, Hotel Wiesergut, Saalbach-Hinterklemm (A) 2012, Gogl Architekten 13 Floor space for fittings in bathrooms and toilets and lateral distances between floor spaces (in accordance with VDI 6000 part 1)

12

20

Fundamental criteria in planning private bathrooms

Hand basin

Bidet

Shower bath

Bathtub

Toilet with cistern / flushing valve

Urinal

Washing machine Dryer

Bathroom furniture

Side wall 1)

Item

Installation height [cm]

Built-in washbasin with 1 + 2 basins and base unit

acc. to VDI 6000-1

Lateral distances between floor spaces [cm]

Single washbasin Double washbasin

Floor space for equipment in bathrooms and toilets [cm]

20

–

–

25

20 2)

20

20

20

20

5

20

see manufacturer’s documents

–

0

–

25 2)

15 2)

15

20

20

15

0

40 – 55

–

Ordinary models

b

t

b

t

60 120

55 55

55 –120 94 –130

43 – 60 55 – 60

70

60

Washbasin, hand basin and bidet Single washbasin Double washbasin Built-in washbasin with 1 basin and base unit Built-in washbasin with 2 basins and base unit Hand basin Bidet, floor or wall-mounted

140

60

45

35

40

60

32 – 42

85 – 90

0 85 – 90 15 3) –

–

25

20

20

35 – 40

57 – 66

25

25

25

–

25

25

80 – 120

75 – 90

20 2)

15 2)

20

25

–

20 2)

15 2)

20

25

0,15

–

20

20

20

25

20

20

20

20 4)

20

20

20

85 – 90

25

25

25

42

25

25

0,15 5) 20

20

0

0

0

Depending on model 0 – 30

20

20

0

0

0

Entry height 50 – 60

–

20

20

20

Tubs Shower bath

Bathtub

≥ 80 (90) ≥ 80 (90)

≥ 170

≥ 75

160 – 200

70 –120

40

75

35 – 40

53 – 60

Toilet bowls and urinals Toilet bowl with cistern or flushing valve installed in front of wall Toilet bowl with cistern or flushing valve for installation behind wall

20 42 25 3)

40

60

35 – 40

66 –75

40

40

29 – 40

21– 40

60 60

60 60

Compact models, see manufacturer’s documents

20

20

20 25 4)

20

20

20

–

20

20 37,5 – 40

20

15

20

25

0

0

20

20

0

0

3

–

Bathroom furniture

5

0

20

25

0

0

20

20

0

0

3

–

Side wall 1)

20

0 15 3)

20

25

0

0

20 25 3)

20 25 3)

3

3

–

–

Urinal

65 –70

Washing machines and dryers Washing machine Dryer

1)

13

2)

also for shower partitions distance can be reduced to 0

3) 4)

for walls on both sides not recommended

to supply and drainage pipes. Floor to ceiling front wall panels can also be planned so that they can incorporate niches into areas without pipe and cable routing to serve as work and storage areas (Fig. 23, p. 25). In arranging bathroom equipment, it is advisable to begin with the toilet because it must be installed at a specific minimum distance from the drainpipe and duct due to the gradients necessary for its pipes. If possible, the toilet should not be the first thing users see when they enter the bathroom. Of all the sanitary fittings in a bathroom, the bathtub takes up the most space, so it usually also structures the room. The size of the shower will depend on spatial conditions and the users’ wishes. A square shower generally allows for more freedom of movement than a rectangular one, while a corner shower can save space. If there is enough room

5)

if supply taps are installed in the partition wall

available in the bathroom, splash protection should be planned at an early stage, because it can often be provided by using the adjoining walls instead of installing special partitions. Movement areas and minimum spacing

Numerous standards and guidelines prescribe the minimum spacing and dimensions of sanitary fittings (Fig. 13). In private homes, however, where physical comfort and a high-quality experience for users play a major role, these guidelines should be regarded not necessarily as binding standards, but as basic requirements. The size of an ordinary washbasin can serve as orientation, but should not impose restrictions on planners. A washbasin can be made of the same material as the surrounding furniture or be planned as a large countertop washbasin – a separate object. The demands made on bathroom planning

and design today are now so individual that few standard dimensions can be fixed, although the minimum requirements must always be complied with to ensure functionality (see Standards and guidelines, p. 116ff.). VDI 6000 part 1 contains details on the minimum sizes of sanitary fittings and their spaces and the spaces between the sides of objects and finished wall surfaces. This part of the standard specifies a minimum distance between two sanitary units opposite each other of least 75 cm, for washing machine and dryer spaces opposite each other at least 90 cm. The required distance between moveable fixtures and walls must be at least 3 cm, between objects and door openings at least 10 cm. There can be some overlap between lateral and opposing movement areas (Fig. 14, p. 22). The minimum spacing between the sides of sanitary fittings and walls prescribed in 21

Fundamental criteria in planning private bathrooms

25

25

0

90

25

20

20

3

Inspection duct

3

14

10

75

VDI 6000 part 1 ensures problem-free object installation and functional use of the bathroom. In planning bathroom installations, it is advisable to use centre-to-centre unit spacing of objects so that they will be in line with the water and wastewater outlets and any installations positioned in joints between the tiles. Even if sanitary fittings are changed, the connections will be clearly defined by these axes. If tiles or joints are in line with the axes of objects, the minimum distance should be increased to multiples of the tile grid pattern (Fig. 15). Installation heights for objects and taps and fittings

Users’ comfort in a bathroom depends on how easy and convenient it is to use. A bathroom’s function and use should fit with users’ natural movements in it (Fig. 13). Studies have forecast that people’s average physical size will continue to increase significantly. For very large or small people, the standard heights of fixed sanitary fittings, such as shower heads, can be uncomfortable. In individual bathrooms, the prescribed installation heights of objects for personal use should be reviewed and adapted. The heights of today’s toilets, for example, installed in compliance with current standards, are regarded by many tall people as far too low. This trend will make the further development of height-adjustable sanitary fittings essential and not just in barrier-free bathrooms.

14 Spacing and movement areas (according to VDI 6000 part 1) 15 Easily accessible inspection duct openings; the tile grid pattern is in line with the sanitary fittings 16 Shower-toilet 17 Single washbasin 18 Built-in double basin, residential development, Lachen (D) 2007, Bembé Dellinger Architekten 19 Countertop washbasin

22

15

The heights at which objects are installed can also help create a harmonious spatial effect, which is why edges and joints in the room should be coordinated at consistent heights. Although the installation height of sanitary units and taps and fittings will depend on the users, following the course of joints during installation will create a calmer effect. Bathroom taps and fittings should be mounted in the joints between tiles, at the centre of countertops or symmetrical with joint patterns where possible, and the arrangement of tap and fittings connections should be consistent throughout the room. Front-wall panel installations

The space for pipe and cable routing is measured across a clear section between the unfinished wall and any panelling, e.g. plasterboard panelling (see Frontwall panel installations, p. 44). Pipes and cables can also be installed in the wall, as long as pipe and cable routes can be easily accessed for repairs or conversions. Inspection openings must be appropriately positioned and easily accessible (Fig. 15). Furnishings and equipment The furnishing and equipping of bathrooms will depend on the demands of clients and users. A diverse range of sanitary fittings are available, and technical functions, aesthetics and the time and effort possibly involved in care and maintenance should be considered in selecting them. Washbasins

Washbasins come in a very diverse range of forms, sizes and materials, so they can be chosen to fit in with any design concept. If ceramic objects with a self-cleaning surface that water beads off are used,

it should be noted that this effect can quickly be lost if harsh cleaning agents are used on these surfaces. Sufficient flat surfaces and storage space for toiletry bags, hand towels, accessories, electrical appliances and care products should be provided in the bathroom. Hand basins and single washbasins Basins less than 55 cm wide are generally described as hand basins; wider basins are called washbasins. Hand basins, often installed in guest bathrooms or toilets, and larger washbasins are normally used for hand washing and in private bathrooms also for general personal hygiene (Fig. 17). In private bathrooms, they are usually equipped with hot and cold water and in public washrooms often only with cold water from self-closing taps and fittings, which automatically stop the flow of water after a set period. Consoles, column stands or other furniture can optically cover a water supply connection. Double washbasins Either a double washbasin or two single washbasins are recommended for households of more than four or five people. Double washbasins also save space. Double washbasins are equipped with two separate cold and hot water taps and wastewater drains. In high-traffic public washrooms, multiple washbasins with several basins are also often installed (see p. 29). Recessed washbasins /cabinet washbasins Depending on the overall construction, choice of material and spatial plan, washbasins can be installed as countertop, recessed or semi-recessed washbasins. Recessed and fully-recessed washbasins are set into a countertop. The rim of a recessed washbasin rests on the countertop (Fig. 18), while the counter-

Fundamental criteria in planning private bathrooms

16

top of a fully-recessed washbasin rests on the washbasin rim. Semi-recessed washbasins are not completely integrated into the bath furniture or countertop, but project out of it. Recessed washbasins are available in various forms and sizes. Openings must be provided for operating and maintaining water supply and tap connections. In combination with integrated bathroom furnishings, recessed washbasins offer space-saving storage room. Countertop washbasins Having come into fashion in recent years, the countertop washbasin is now an established element of modern bathroom design (Fig. 19). It represents a reinterpretation of the washing habits of earlier times, when a simple bowl of water stood on a table. The oval, round or square basins are often installed as part of very simple, purist bathroom designs. Their projecting surfaces and material joints can make them harder to keep clean, so they are mainly suitable for private bathrooms. Washbasin countertops The thickness of a countertop will depend on the material, size of the board and its substructure. Natural stone, glass, artificial stone, tiles, wood and composite materials are often used. The various properties of these materials shape the countertop’s colour, joint patterns, feel and not least the room’s general atmosphere. In choosing materials and surfaces, their resilience and cleaning must also be taken into account (see General materials properties, p. 61). The rear edge of a washbasin countertop or washbasin should usually be 8 cm from the mirror to allow for easy cleaning, although this spacing must also be planned in the context of the overall con-

cept because it may not fit in with fluid lines in the room’s design. Toilets

Flush latrines and toilets are available as wall-mounted and floor-mounted models as well as shallow pan and washdown toilets (Fig. 24, p. 25). The usual modern type is a wash-down toilet with a concealed cistern installed at a fairly low height of about 46 cm. In contrast to a floor-mounted toilet, there is a space between the floor and a toilet that hangs from the wall, so the floor covering is continuous and the space is easier to clean. Toilets without flush rims have also been available for some time. They are easier to clean and more hygienic because they don’t have any hidden cavities. A cistern can be installed at a low height behind a front-wall panel at the same height as the washbasin countertop, avoiding additional protrusions in the room and creating a calm and roomy spatial impression. The front-wall shelf surface should have an extra top for easier cleaning – ideally in the same material as the washbasin depending on the overall design concept. Shower-toilets

17

18

A shower-toilet is a toilet with an integrated warm-water shower and warm-air dryer. They can be floor-mounted or wallmounted (Fig. 16). At the press of a button, a self-cleaning shower arm extends from under the seat after use. Showertoilets require an additional electric power supply. They are still fairly rare in Europe but are frequently used in Asian countries such as Japan and Korea. Bidets

A bidet is usually combined with an adjacent toilet (Fig. 21, p. 24) and is used for washing the genitals and feet. Bidet types are classified into wall-hanging and floor- 19 23

Fundamental criteria in planning private bathrooms

20

21

basins made of enamelled steel, natural stone or acrylic resin should be equipped with a surrounding drainage channel or a drain that is not unpleasant to stand on for reasons of comfort (Fig. 20). If slot drains are installed, the floor must have a gradient that falls in a single direction and the tiles will not have to be cut. Water drains through the floor, a few centimetres from the wall. Their covers can be covered with the flooring material to make the drain barely visible. Depending on their installation, slot drains can be more difficult to clean, because the covers must be taken off along their entire length. Fixed shower partitions can take various forms and be adapted to a range of situations (Fig. 22). As spray protection, they are indispensable for smaller showers or shower areas, and they also keep warmth in the shower stall. They are available with revolving doors, sliding or folding doors and as fixed elements. Transparent materials such as glass or acrylic glass are often chosen to create a more spacious impression. Glass with slight textures or patterns etched into the surface is less likely to show visible lime residues, but completely transparent screens are often preferred for aesthetic reasons. In large shower areas a separate shower

mounted models. The taps and fittings are used to exactly adjust the water temperature and direction of the water jets. In France, many southern European countries, Turkey, Arab countries, Latin America and Japan, bidets are very common and are standard equipment in private bathrooms. Some international hotel chains with high standards have recently started dispensing with bidets in favour of the cosier atmosphere of an open bathroom design and keeping the separate closed toilet room as small as possible. Urinals

Urinals are now no longer only used in public sanitary facilities, but also in private homes, although it may be advisable to use models with lids in homes. Installed as a complement to a toilet, a urinal can save both space and water. Shower basins/showers

Showers are often installed in smaller bathrooms instead of a bathtub and in large bathrooms to complement the tub and are standard equipment in guest bathrooms. They take up less space than a bathtub and use less water and energy than baths. Showers generally have an anti-slip coating. Floor-level and built-up shower

stall can be dispensed with completely. The shower is then like a separate room and the surrounding space is sufficient to enable spray protection to be dispensed with. Showers are available with diverse water outlets, such as massage shower heads, rainfall shower heads and fine spray shower heads combined with handheld shower heads and lateral jets. Bathtubs

Bathtubs are incorporated into larger bathrooms for both personal hygiene and relaxation. In smaller bathrooms, a combination bath, with a larger base and a shower, can be used. The forms and sizes of bathtubs are diverse and can be classified into the following types: straight, wall-fitted baths, built-in, corner and hip baths, double and combination bathtubs. Bathtubs should have an antislip coating. Free-standing sculptural bathtubs are often installed in spa-type bathrooms (Fig. 27, p. 26). Wall-mounted vertical handrails should be installed for use with bathtubs, although handrails attached to the tub itself can be hard to clean. Their installation must be harmonised with the overall design concept, so for aesthetic reasons, and after consultation with clients, they tend to be dispensed with for free-standing

possible additional partition Fixed Front access

Corner access

Round opening b

a

Single-leaf 22 c

24

Folding door with fixed part

Double-leaf

Curving

Walk-in d

20 Example of a floor-level shower 21 Example of a toilet and bidet 22 Examples for shower partitions a Sliding or telescopic sliding door b Folding doors for shower and bathtub partitions c Revolving doors d Protected entrance with fixed elements, walk-in shower 23 Example of a recess in the wall, fittings and accessoires, Villa in Hahnwald, Cologne (D) 2010, ultramarin, Stephan Krischer, Bettina Hildebrandt 24 Toilet models

Fundamental criteria in planning private bathrooms

23

bathtubs that contribute to shaping the spatial impression of the room. Whirlpool bathtubs/whirlpools

Tubs for underwater full-body massage have extra air bubble jets, consisting of pumps, adjustment controls and massage and suction nozzles. They use the same water and drainage systems as a normal bathtub, but need an extra electrical connection. Taps and fittings

The design of taps and fittings, accessories and equipment reflects the whole spectrum of styles available. They can be historicised, classic, playful, functional, technical, organic, purist or futuristic. Many manufacturers hire renowned architects and designers to help develop their products and satisfy users’ desires for sophisticated design. Among the taps and fittings available are the following: • Floor-mounted taps and fittings are mounted on the floor, the basin, the countertop or next to the bathtub. • Wall fittings are mounted in or on a wall. They can be connected with the pipes either on the wall or by installing fittings concealed inside the wall. Concealed installation has become standard for aesthetic reasons and easier cleaning. Wall fittings have the advantage that they do not have to penetrate the washbasin or bathtub since no tap hole is required to install them. Twin-lever taps have separately regulated hot and cold water taps, while mixer or single-lever taps enable users to regulate water flow and temperature with a single handle. A thermostat can also be used to keep a set water temperature constant for bathtubs and showers. Hands-free taps are activated by sensors. The water only runs for the preset period or until the sensors are again activated.

Self-closing and water-saving taps are often used in schools and other public sanitary facilities (see Using water-saving technologies, p. 56f.) Accessories

Accessories should be chosen in a consistent material and formal language so that the room does not look too cluttered. Especially in hotels, accessories are often integrated into the bathroom’s overall structural concept. Accessories include towel rails and hooks, toilet roll holders, toilet brushes, soap dishes, soap and lotion dispensers, toothbrush mugs, mirrors, handrails and support handles and rubbish bins. Mirrors Installing a mirror is not only practical but also advisable from a design point of view. A large mirror can, for example, make a small bathroom look bigger. Mirrors should, however, only be hung opposite each other if the confusing effect of an endless series of reflections is desired in the design. Bathroom furnishings

Furnishings, such as base cabinets, mirrored, upright and mobile cupboards and open shelves, should be planned

Wall-mounted 24 shallow pan toilet

Wall-mounted flush down toilet

so that they are adapted to the bathroom’s climatic conditions. The materials used must be water-resistant or at least suitable for maintaining hygiene and durability, even under the impact of steam (see General material properties, p. 61). Heating as towel rails

Combining heating and towel rails is practical and offers high levels of comfort. Heaters as warming towel rails are available in different colours, forms and sizes (Fig. 25, p. 26). Floors

In private bathrooms, there are no obligatory specifications for the choice of floor materials, but suitably non-slip floor coverings should be chosen with care, especially if there are children or older people in the household. Electrical installations

As well as electrical connections for domestic appliances, such as boilers or extra heating, a sufficient number of power points must be provided. Depending on the materials used and the pipes and cabling involved, subsequent installation can involve considerable time and effort. When deciding on the number of

Siphonic toilet (floor-mounted model)

25

Fundamental criteria in planning private bathrooms

25

26

power points (e.g. for a hairdryer, electric razor, toothbrushes and oral irrigators or for retrofitting a shower-toilet) it is better to plan one power point too many than one too few. The light should be correctly positioned and directed. Different lighting is required in front of a mirror than in the shower or bath-tub area. Atmospheric light and the avoiding of shadows must also be considered in planning (see Mirrors and washbasins, p. 79f.). Special protective measures are prescribed for electrical equipment installed

in rooms with showers and /or bathtubs. They must be installed so that they do not pose any risk of causing electric shock in wet rooms. The DIN 57100 / VDE 0100-701 standard prescribes safety areas for bathrooms, identifying four areas numbered from 0 to 3 (see Technical planning criteria, p. 76ff.). Power points, even if they are integrated into lights, are not permitted in safety areas 0 and 1. Power points can be installed in safety area 2 if they comply with protection class IP44, i.e. if they are protected against spray and splashes.

Ceilings

When planning rooms with suspended ceilings in hotels, the provision of sufficient openings for inspection and maintenance must be taken into account. They should preferably be installed as magnet systems with fungus-resistant, flexible, white profiles to integrate the hatches as unobtrusively as possible in the ceiling. Preventing damage Water and damp play a major role in planning and building bathrooms. Necessary measures, such as sealing and protection against spray and splashes against uncontrolled moisture, must be correctly planned and installed to prevent damage. The data sheet issued by the Central German Building Industry Association (Zentralverband Deutsches Baugewerbe – ZDB) on sealing joints between tiles and surfaces (“Abdichtungen in Verbund mit Fliesen und Platten”) stipulates that all surfaces that are moderately or heavily subjected to moisture must be sealed. In heavily impacted areas, such as public swimming pools, only moistureresistant substrata are permitted. In moderately impacted areas, such as private bathrooms, moisture-sensitive substrata with sealing can also be used. Use of moisture-sensitive substrata is not permitted for floors with integrated drains. Sealing on wall surfaces is not essential for moisture-resistant substrata laid in moderately impacted areas.

25 Panel heater used as a towel rail 26 Lighting concept with different lights, historic manor house in the Rhine Valley (D) 2010, ultramarin, Stephan Krischer, Bettina Hildebrandt 27 House 72, Sentosa Cove, Singapore (SGP) 2009, ONG&ONG

27

26

Fundamental planning criteria for public sanitary facilities

Fundamental planning criteria for public sanitary facilities

Public sanitary facilities are those open to the public. As well as swimming pools and spas, which this book will not deal with, they include office, commercial and industrial buildings, educational institutions (e.g. kindergartens, schools, universities), pubs, restaurants and motorway service areas, hospitals, sports venues, transport buildings (e.g. railway stations, airports), cultural venues (e.g. museums, concert halls, theatres) and trade fair and exhibition halls. Public sanitary facilities include toilets, washrooms and changing rooms. Toilets are rooms equipped with toilets, hand basins and possibly urinals. Separate spaces in them that can be locked from the inside are called toilet cubicles. Vestibules prevent smells escaping into public areas, and hand washing facilities are often installed there. Washrooms are used for washing the body after work or sporting activities, so they are equipped with both washing and showering facilities. Changing rooms, which are used for changing, stowing and locking up work and street clothes, must be situated in their immediate vicinity. Requirements Appealing and well-functioning spatial and design overall concepts should be developed in planning public sanitary facilities that will be functional and easy to clean and maintain. In planning and building sanitary facilities in compliance with the VDI 6000 standard on the “Provision and installation of sanitary facilities”, the following points in particular must be taken into account: • minimum number of sanitary fittings • an adequate amount of room for movement and traffic areas • hygiene and unimpeded cleaning • functional, practical and visually appealing furnishings and fixtures

• safety requirements • robust, anti-theft furnishings and fixtures • water and energy saving • cost-effective installation As well as specifications on zoning and positioning sanitary fittings, criteria are specified for public sanitary facilities to ensure comfort (e.g. easily accessible objects), accident prevention and safety. The main recommendations are provided by the Association of German Engineers (Verein Deutscher Ingenieure – VDI) in its VDI 6000 standard, which includes details on equipping buildings with sanitary facilities and on equipping the sanitary facilities. Part 2 on workplaces, part 3 on places of public assembly and part 6 on kindergartens, children’s day-care centres and schools are relevant for public areas. Regulations governing the specific uses of buildings, such as the Workplaces Ordinance (Arbeitsstättenverordnung – ArbStättV) and Hospitality Venues Ordinance (Gaststättenverordnung – GastV), also apply. Public sanitary facilities are usually more heavily used than private bathrooms, so they need to be cleaned more often, which the materials and forms used must be able to withstand. In contrast to private bathrooms, public sanitary facilities have separate facilities for each gender. In companies with fewer than ten employees, separate toilets, washing and changing rooms for female and male employees can be dispensed with if the facilities are used by the different genders at different times. Direct access between washing and changing rooms is required. In facilities that are open to the public, as defined in Länder (German state) regulations, areas open to general visitor traffic must also be barrier-free for people with disabilities, elderly people and people

with small children, i.e., all people must be able to use them without outside help. Sanitary facilities in buildings should generally be arranged so that they are easy to reach, close to the workplace or areas used by visitors. Suitable (coloured) guidance systems, easily readable pictograms and signs can indicate the way to them. Effective ventilation must be ensured in all toilets, washing and changing rooms (through natural window ventilation or ventilation equipment). Ventilation should not cause draughts, and outgoing air should not escape into other rooms. The Drinking Water Ordinance (Trinkwasserverordnung – TrinkwV 2001) prescribes tests for Legionella bacteria in drinking water heating and supply systems. The rod-shaped Legionella bacteria cause Legionnaires’ Disease, which can occur wherever warm water or standing cold water offers them good reproduction conditions. Public operators of drinking water heating systems, such as hospitals, nursing homes, schools, kindergartens and hotels are obliged once a year to have samples taken at several points tested for Legionella bacteria. Commercial operators, such as owners of apartment houses, must have had these tests carried out by the end of 2011. Tests must be carried out every three years, and the first test must have been carried out by December 2013. Materials

Use of the most robust, non-porous, hard materials possible is recommended for public sanitary facilities so that no water, dirt or the like can penetrate the material and the surfaces will be easy to clean and hard-wearing (Fig. 1). For hygienic reasons, walls and floors should be able to be cleaned wet. Depending on usage and traffic, this can apply only to the floor and wall surfaces behind sanitary fittings 27

Fundamental planning criteria for public sanitary facilities

1

2

3

1

4 5

2

in favour of a warmer atmosphere. As well as classic tiles, non-porous materials such as glass, aluminium, stainless steel or composite materials are suitable for public sanitary facilities (see Materials – choices p. 62ff.). In contrast to private bathrooms, public sanitary facilities often have standard stoneware tiles measuring 15 ≈ 15 cm. This is due on the one hand to the fact that public sanitary facilities are less often renovated for aesthetic reasons than private bathrooms and on the other hand to the budgets available. Standard sized tiles are still one of the most costeffective wall and floor coverings for sanitary facilities, so they are still often used. During renovations, which often take place in separate construction phases over long periods, a decision is often made in favour of the existing tiles for reasons of consistency. Standard tiles also offer the advantage of being relatively easy to lay and work with (see Ceramic tiles, p. 66f.). Their relatively large number of joints is, however, a disadvantage from a hygienic point of view for cleaning and maintenance because porous joint material absorbs dirt and smells more quickly. Joints can also crack and require care and maintenance to avoid resulting damage. Unpleasant smells in public sanitary facilities are usually caused by porous joints into which urine has penetrated, not by inadequate cleaning. Using other non-porous materials means that mortar joints can be avoided, so surfaces become quicker and easier to clean and any such defects can be reduced, thereby enhancing the appearance of the facilities. For some public sanitary facilities it can be advisable to prevent damage from vandalism by using especially robust mounting brackets and objects and special fasteners that can only be removed with specific tools. 28

Design

Not only the material, but also the form and installation of sanitary fittings and washbasins should be designed so that there are as few hard-to-clean rims and edges as possible. Wall-mounted toilets have become standard because they don’t touch the floor, making it easier to clean. Accessories, such as soap or paper dispensers, installed in the wall involve fewer joints and projections because they are integrated into the wall and flush with it. The installation of items in walls must be planned ahead so that the necessary recesses can be taken into account. Their specific dimensions mean that subsequent changes of product are not always possible without additional cost and effort. Hygiene and cost-effectiveness

Sanitary fittings need above all to be functional. In public facilities, such as schools, kindergartens, sports venues, motorway services areas and industrial and commercial buildings, it is important that objects and taps and fittings are hygienic (Fig. 4), easy to clean and lowmaintenance. Economical operations that also save resources may play a role in design. Manufacturers are developing easy-to-clean sanitary equipment, such as toilets without flush rims, and ecologically sustainable elements such as water-saving taps and fittings or paperless cool-air hand dryers, which use 70 – 80 % less energy than conventional warm-air hand dryers, thereby causing less CO2 emissions than warm-air dryers or paper towels (Fig. 5). Installing self-closing taps can also be advisable. Users operate these without touching them, and their water supply automatically stops once enough water has been supplied. They are also especially hygienic because after users have

A robust, scratch-resistant mineral washbasin and cool-air hand dryer in a shopping centre sanitary facility, Kufstein (A) 2009, Schwaighofer + Partner Architektur Mineral washbasin, company headquarters in Clearwater (USA) 2010, Mesh Architecture + Fabrication Customised washbasin with a company logo in its mineral materials, continuing a consistent corporate design, company headquarters Herzogenaurach (D) 2009, Klaus Krex Example of a non-contact flush panel for a toilet A cool-air hand dryer integrated into a washbasin

washed their hands they do not have to touch the taps again. They also use less electricity and can work for long periods without maintenance. They should be planned where cleanliness and hygiene play an especially important role, e.g. in health care or food processing facilities. Sanitary fittings

Dimensions for sanitary fittings have been listed as part of the fundamental planning criteria for private bathrooms (see Furnishings and equipment, p. 22ff.). Only those objects relevant to public sanitary facilities that apply to all areas, regardless of building use, so to workplaces, schools and other places of public assembly, will be described below. Sinks Sinks are installed in workshops in schools and kindergartens, in industry and sometimes in private homes, in the utility room. They usually have edge protection to protect the ceramic or material of the sink, with the side of the sink adjoining the wall built higher to protect the wall. Sinks are large enough to allow liquids to easily be emptied out of containers, such as buckets, into the sink. Different models and sizes are available from various manufacturers. Range washbasin A range washbasin is a long washbasin comprising a row of built-in or recessed basins (Figs. 2 and 6, p. 30). They are often installed wherever several washbasins are planned and are usually less expensive than installing several single washbasins. A range washbasin is easier to clean because it has a smaller surface area and fewer edges. They have the same depth as a single washbasin, although they vary in length, and they can also be made to measure and integrated into a wall niche.

Fundamental planning criteria for public sanitary facilities

Accident prevention Anti-slip floor coverings are required in areas where there is a risk of people slipping and falling (such as traffic areas in public buildings, retail and wholesale business premises, swimming pools, sanitary facilities). Glazed or unglazed stoneware tiles with slightly roughened, rough or ridged surfaces are suitable for this purpose. Using small-format tiles with a large number of joints enhances the anti-slip effect. Anti-slip floor coverings in publicly accessible sanitary facilities are differentiated into areas people walk on barefoot or in shoes. The various prescribed slip resistance classes must be complied with. The “R-value” defines the slip resistance assessment group. The R-value of a floor covering indicates its level of slip resistance and is determined by an inspection procedure specified in DIN 51 130. Floor coverings are assigned to one of five groups, R9 – R13. The assessment groups define levels of slip resistance; with floor coverings in group R9 the least slip-resistant and those in group R13 the most slip-resistant. R9, for example, applies to interior floor coverings in general areas such as offices, R10 for public toilets (see Slip resistance, p. 61). Sanitary facilities in workplaces The dimensions, equipment and design of sanitary facilities in workplaces should meet the needs of employees and hygiene requirements, so they will depend on the facilities’ usage. It is important that sanitary areas have a pleasant, high-quality and hygienic atmosphere. Their design and aesthetic can also be influenced by a company’s corporate design (Fig. 3). The main recommendations on equipping workplaces with sanitary facilities and their fixtures and fittings are contained in VDI 6000 part 2 and ASR A4.1. Part 2 of the VDI 6000 standard applies to wash-

rooms, toilets, washing facilities in workspaces, sanitary facilities, canteens, kitchenettes, changing rooms, break rooms in commercial and industrial buildings, office and administrative buildings, workshops, training institutions, schools and kindergartens (where not covered by VDI 6000 part 6). Regardless of other regulations and specifications, they should serve as a guideline in planning, building and operating sanitary facilities. The Technical Regulations for Workplaces (Technische Regeln für Arbeitsstätten – ASR) specify the requirements of the Workplaces Ordinance (Arbeitsstättenverordnung). ASR A4.1 deals with the requirements on the construction and operation of sanitary and washing facilities provided for employees.

3

The provision of sanitary fittings – the main recommendations of VDI 6000 part 2 and ASR A 4.1

An adequate number of toilets must be provided and they must have hand basins. The type of workplace and usage are decisive in determining the number of washing and toilet facilities required. These factors will also influence the fixtures and fittings required in sanitary facilities, which will vary depending on the hygienic requirements of the workplace, intensity of use and any risks to health. Toilets may be a maximum of 100 m from the workplace and must be close to canteens, break and common rooms, changing rooms and washrooms. The Hospitality Venues Ordinance (Gaststättenverordnung – GastV) defines the requirements for canteen toilets. The ASR specifies the number of sanitary fittings required for employees. Washrooms should not contain toilets. Simplified rules for the provision of sanitary facilities apply for small companies. Depending on the degree of dirt involved in the work, one washing area must be

4

5

29

Fundamental planning criteria for public sanitary facilities

6

provided for every three to five employees. One toilet is enough if there are fewer than six employees. If there are more than five men, an additional urinal must be provided. The hand washing basin and urinal can be in the toilet, a vestibule is not prescribed. A changing room must be provided if wearing special work clothes is required. The ASR also stipulates that toilets should be a maximum of 100 m from the workplace and further recommends that they be not more than 50 metres away. They must be in the same building, not more than one floor away from the employee’s regular workplace, and the route to them should not lead outside. Ceilings in sanitary facilities – changing rooms, sanitary rooms and toilets – may not be lower than 2.50 metres. Exceptions until the next extensive conversion can be made for existing workplaces. Windows, walls and doors must be appropriately

Female or male employees

Minimum numbers for facilities with low levels of simultaneous use

Minimum numbers for facilities with high levels of simultaneous use

Toilets /urinals

Toilets /urinals

Hand washing facilities

11)

1

2

1

6 –10

11)

1

3

1

11– 25

2

1

4

2

26 – 50

3

1

6

2

51–75

5

2

7

3

76 –100

6

2

9

3

101–130

7

3

11

4

131–160

8

3

13

4

161–190

9

3

15

5

191– 220

10

4

17

6

11 For every additional 30 employees +1

1)

Hand washing facilities

Up to 5

221– 250

7

positioned to ensure that rooms cannot be seen into from the outside. Separate sanitary facilities should be provided for female and male employees, and these must be clearly designated. A vestibule is required if there is more than one toilet or if the toilet is directly accessed from another room that is not a corridor. A toilet should not contain more than ten toilets and ten urinals. The required number of toilets and urinals is shown in Fig. 7. The minimum number of washing areas required depends on the categorisation of the sanitary facilities. They are classified into A, B and C depending on their users’ work. Category A applies to work where workers get moderately dirty, Category B to work where workers get very dirty, and Category C to work where workers get extremely dirty and to work involving risks to health, such as work with very malodorous materials or hard

4 For every additional 90 employees +1

An additional urinal is recommended for male employees

30

19 For every additional 30 employees +2

7 For every additional 90 employees +2

physical labour. Simultaneous use also plays a role and is graded into low and high levels of simultaneity. If a company has fixed break times, for example, there will be high levels of simultaneous use during breaks. If employees can use the sanitary facilities at any time, low levels of simultaneous use can be assumed. Taken together, the category and simultaneous use determine the minimum number of washing areas required for offices and commercial and industrial workplaces. 50 employees involved in Category A work with a low level of simultaneous use will require 6 washing areas, while 50 employees involved in Category C work with a high level of simultaneous use will need 13 washing areas and 13 showers. Minimum spacing and dimensions – the main recommendations of VDI 6000 part 2 and ASR A 4.1

The movement area prescribed for the use of fittings may only overlap other movement areas if the fittings are not expected to be used simultaneously. Planners should note when working with specifications of minimum space that the movement areas and dimensions used are finished dimensions and not dimensions measured in the room’s unfinished state. A movement area of at least 35 ≈ 60 cm must be provided for each washing area. A shower must have a minimum movement area of 1 m2, and the minimum length of any side may not be less than 90 cm. In changing rooms used by several employees at the same time, a movement area of 0.50 m2 must be available for each user. In front of movement areas and cubicle doors of sanitary facilities, additional floor space should be provided as a traffic area to ensure unrestricted and unimpeded entry and exit when several people use the sanitary facilities at the same time (Fig. 10).

Fundamental planning criteria for public sanitary facilities

1,550

1,150

a

b 600

600

350 350 350 350

Partition 2,050

c

200

200

300

Movement area 600/800

200

200

600

Movement area 600/600

1,650

Partition

d

003

200

200

Equipment

Movement area 600/800

2,000

1,250

300

Movement area 600/800

6 7 8 Movement area 600/800

8g

200

200

200

200

f

e

1,000

Toilet cubicles must be lockable from inside. In the cubicle, a clothes hook, toilet paper and toilet brush must be provided, and rubbish bins with lids in women’s toilets. Soap and a means of drying the hands (e.g. disposable hand towels, cloth towel dispenser or a warmair dryer) and rubbish bins must be provided with hand washing basins. Washing and shower areas must have hot and cold running water in drinking water quality, as defined in the Drinking Water Ordinance (Trinkwasserverordnung), as well as soap holders and towel rails. A hand rail should also be installed in shower areas. Facilities for drying towels and drying the hair may also be required. In shower areas with no direct access to a changing room, receptacles for clothes must be provided in the dry area. At least one seat for every four employees who use the room at the same time must be provided in changing rooms. Sufficiently large, ventilated and lockable lockers with receptacles for clothes must be provided for storing clothing. The work and protective clothing and personal

450

350 350 350 350

200

600

200

450

ASR A4.1 stipulates that a movement area in front of toilets or urinals is required in toilets or toilet cubicles. It should be symmetrically positioned in front of the toilets and urinals. The minimum dimensions shown in Fig. 10 must be complied with for toilets. The direction in which the door opens must also be taken into account. A door that opens outwards is generally preferable because it allows easier access to people in emergencies (Fig. 8). The partition walls and doors of toilet stalls must be at least 1.90 m high. If partition walls and /or doors are not flush with the floor, the distance between the floor and door’s lower edge must be 10 to 15 cm.

200

200

200

200

300

Movement area 600/800

800

800

450

Range washbasin in sanitary facilities at BMW Welt, Munich (D) 2007, Coop Himmelb(l)au Minimum number of toilets including urinals, hand washing facilities (acc. to the ASR) Toilet in compliance with the ASR: a Toilet with a single row of toilets, doors open inwards b Toilet with a single row of toilets c Toilet with a single row of toilets and urinals, doors open inwards d Toilet with a single row of toilets and urinals e Toilet with a double row of toilets, doors open inwards f Toilet with a double row of toilets g Washroom

31

Fundamental planning criteria for public sanitary facilities

9

Dimensions of sanitary fittings, movement areas and spacing [cm] in workplaces

Hand washing basin

Shower

Foot washing place

Toilet, flushing outside the wall

Toilet, flushing inside the wall

Squat toilet

Urinal

Spittoon

Drinking fountain

Sink

Utility sink

Shower, barrier-free

Washbasin, barrier-free

Toilet, barrier-free

Abbreviation

Washing area

Sanitary fitting

WA

HWB

S

FW

WCo

WCi

ST

UR

SP

DF

SI

US

Sb

Wb

WCb

Recommended dimensions of sanitary equipment Width w

60

45

90

40

40

40

70

40

47

40

50

90

150

60

40

Depth d

50

35

90

55

75

60

70

40

47

35

40

60

150

55

70

Minimum movement area Width w

90

70

90

60

80

80

80

60

80

60

80

90

Depth d

55

45

70

50

60

60

55

60

60

50

55

120

85

85

0

35

42

42

0

65

90

90

65

85/92

Movement area 150 ≈ 150

Recommended installation height Top edge of the ceramic above Finished Floor Level (FFL)

0

80

46 1)

Lateral minimum distances to other sanitary fittings, walls and floor space required WA

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

HWB

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20 20

20

20

S

20

20

FW

20

20

WC

20

20

ST

20

20

UR

20

20

SP

20

20

20

20

95

20 95

20 20

20

20 20

DF SI US Wall

20

20

20 25 1)

20 25 1)

15

20 25 1)

20 25 1)

20

20

95

Width

Depth

90

125

Toilet cubicle with door opening inwards

90

150

Toilet cubicle with toilet and hand washing basin next to each other, door opening outwards

155

125

Toilet cubicle with toilet and hand washing basin next to each other, door opening inwards

155

150

Shower cubicle

90

160

Room depth in front of cubicles

155

Room depth in front of cubicles for a single row of toilets with urinals opposite, door opening outwards

205

Room depth in front of cubicles for a single row of toilets with urinals opposite, door opening inwards

185

Room depth in front of cubicles for a double row of toilets, door opening outwards

200

Room depth in front of cubicles for a double row of toilets, door opening inwards

125

Door area, distance to door opening at least 10 cm 1)

20 25 1)

Toilet cubicle with door opening outwards

Minimum dimensions for cubicles

10

20 25 1)

with walls on both sides

32

Fundamental planning criteria for public sanitary facilities

clothing of workers doing work involving very malodorous materials or where they get extremely dirty must be spatially separated (so-called black and white separation). This can be provided by installing two changing rooms connected by a washroom or a room with a double-door system connected with the working area where workers can change into and out of work and protective clothes. If changing rooms have several doors, they should have separate entry and exit doors. Facilities for drying damp work clothes and protective clothing must be provided if needed. Changing rooms must also contain rubbish bins, mirrors and receptacles for clothes. Sanitary facilities in kindergartens, children’s day-care centres and schools Designing sanitary facilities for children makes specific demands on planners. For kindergarten children in particular, using the toilet is often not yet routine, so the sanitary facilities should be designed to support the children’s learning process and help them to be self-reliant. Children need sanitary fittings appropriate to their body size that they can use easily and a design that is suitable for them, with cheerful colours and short distances to toilets. The equipping and fittings of sanitary facilities for kindergartens, children’s day-care centres and schools in compliance with part 6 of the VDI 6000 standard depend on usage and the number of people who use them (Figs. 17 and 18, p. 35). Children in day care and kindergartens do not yet need facilities separated by gender. Here it is more important that sanitary facilities are also easily accessible for caregivers and allow them to monitor children, with features such as change tables at a height that will not be detrimental to caregivers’ backs, for example.

Children of different sizes and various ages should be able to easily use taps and fittings and other accessories (Fig. 14, p. 34), so different heights of objects and /or the floor can be helpful (Fig. 16, p. 34). On average, the following installation heights will be appropriate for children aged up to 11: washbasins, hand basins 65 –75 cm, toilets 35 cm, urinals 50 – 55 cm. It may also be advisable in planning kindergartens or children’s day-care centres, however, to ignore the recommendations of VDI 6000 part 6 and offer objects with alternative heights for children of 11 different sizes. Accessories in these facilities should also be chosen and installed to ensure that they are appropriate for children. Hard-wearing, robust products with lowmaintenance surfaces should be used. Taps with water-saving mechanisms and temperature limiters are advisable for children. Children’s understanding of the use of renewable energies can be strengthened by the use of photovoltaic or solar-thermal systems and a very visible measuring of energy generation and consumption, e.g. a large energy meter where everyone can see it. A design of sanitary facilities that 12 is appropriate for children, that integrates colours or symbols of individual groups for example, can help children identify with their surroundings and learn to treat common property responsibly. Separate sanitary facilities must be provided for caregivers and teachers. 9 Showers 10 Recommended sizes of sanitary equipment, movement areas and spacing in workplaces (acc. to VDI 6000 part 2) 11 Changing and washroom in a sports hall, secondary school (Gymnasium), Bad Berka (D) 2011, Junk & Reich 12 Changing room in a golf club in Bondorf (D) conversion in 2009, LivingHouse 13 Washroom in a lawyers’ office, Chicago (USA) 2009, SOM

13

33

Fundamental planning criteria for public sanitary facilities

14

14 Washbasin set lower for children, conversion of a primary school listed for historic conservation, Lauffen am Neckar (D) 2008, COAST office architecture (see Selected projects p. 112f.) 15 Toilets for men/boys. Secondary school (Gymnasium) in Ergolding (D) 2013, BA-ALN project working group (Behnisch Architekten, Architekturbüro Leinhäupl + Neuber) 16 Recommended dimensions of sanitary equipment, movement areas and spacing in kindergartens, children’s day care centres and schools (acc. to VDI 6000 part 6) 17 Fittings required for sanitary facilities in kindergartens and children’s day care centres (acc. to VDI 6000 part 6) 18 Fittings required for sanitary facilities in schools (acc. to VDI 6000 part 6)

15

Sizes of sanitary fittings, movement areas and spaces [cm] in kindergartens, children’s day care centres and schools

Hand washing basin

Toilet, flushing outside the wall

Toilet, flushing inside the wall

Urinal

Shower bath

Baby bath

Washing machine / dryer

Classroom basin

Workroom basin

Single/double sink

Sink

Faeces sink

Faeces flush

Washbasin for wheelchair users

Toilet for wheelchair users

Abbreviation

Single washbasin

Sanitary fitting

SW

HWB

WCo

WCi

UR

SB

BB

WM DR

CB

WRB

SS/DS

SI

FS

FF

Wb

WCb

Recommended sizes of sanitary fittings 60

45

40

40

40

80

90

60

60

90 120

90 120

50

45

60

60

40

55

35

75

60

40

80

40

60

45

60 70

60

40

60

50/60

55

70

Width w

90

70

80

80

60

80 701)

90

90

80

90 120

90 120

80

60

80

Depth d

55

45

60

60

60

75

75

90

55

120

120

55

55

120

65

65

65

Width w Depth d Minimum movement areas

Movement area 150 ≈ 150

Where sanitary fittings, walls and floor spaces are arranged facing each other a space of at least 75 cm must be provided. Installation height above FFL

85

85

42 2)

42 2)

For children under 6

55/65

55/65

35 2)

35 2)

Children aged 7 to 11

65/75

65/75

35 2)

35 2)

50

65/75

65/75

Children /teenagers aged 12 to 15

75/85

75/85

42 2)

42 2)

57

75/85

75/85

65

85/90

85

85

85/92

46 1)

80

55/65

Minimum lateral distance to other sanitary fittings, walls and floor space WB

20

HWB

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

WCo / WCi

20

20

UR

20

20

20

20

SB

20

20

20

20

BB

20

20

20

20

20

20

20 25 3)

20 25 3)

20 25 3)

Wall

20

Installed in front of a wall

95

95

20

20

20

Door area

1)

20 25 3)

20 25 3)

20

95

For dimensions, refer to “Installation height above FFL” above Distance to door opening /door reveal at least 10 cm door opening outwards

Minimum sizes for toilets

16

20 25 3)

with washbasin

Toilet cubicle width

90

90

Toilet cubicle depth

125

150

Room depth in front of the cubicle (vestibule)

155

155

Room depth in front of the cubicle (vestibule) for a single row of toilets with urinals opposite

205

265

Room depth in front of the cubicle (vestibule) for double row of toilets

200

125

for corner access

34

2)

upper edge of the ceramic for wall-mounted models

3)

with walls on both sides

Fundamental planning criteria for public sanitary facilities

Fittings required in sanitary facilities in kindergartens and day-care centres Room

Establishment

Equipment

Accessories

Care room

Crèche, kindergarten

• 1 changing table • 1 washbasin • Baby bath (crèche), 1 • Shower, 1

• Paper hand towel and disinfectant dispensers, container with lid • Shelf, mirror, soap, paper hand towel and disinfectant dispensers, container with lid • Soap dish, hand towel rail • Shower partition, bath towel rail, hand rail

Washroom, toilets, potty room

Crèche, kindergarten

• 1 washbasin for every 2 – 6 children • 1 toilet for every 8 –10 children • Hand basin, 1 in each toilet • 1 faeces sink or flush for each potty room • 1 washbasin for staff

• Mirror, row of hooks for face washers and hand towels, shelf for teeth cleaning implements, soap dispenser • Toilet roll holder, toilet brush with holder (off-floor) • Soap and paper hand towel dispenser, container with lid • Potty shelf • Mirror, soap, paper hand towel and disinfectant dispensers, container with lid

Washroom, toilet

Crèche, afterschool centre kindergarten

• 1 washbasin for every 2 – 6 children • 1 toilet for every 8 –10 children • 1 urinal (after school or day-care centre) for every 10 children. • Hand washing basin, 1 in every toilet • 1 shower for every 10 children • 1 washbasin for staff

• As for washroom, toilets, potty room • Toilet roll holder, toilet brush with holder (off-floor) • Floor drain • Soap and paper hand towel dispenser, container • Shower partition, bath towel rail, hand rail • Soap, paper hand towel and disinfectant dispenser, container with lid

Group room

Crèche, afterschool centre kindergarten

• Children’s kitchen

• Sink, refrigerator, stovetop hob, bain-marie, range hood

Milk room, kitchen

Crèche

• Sink with draining board • Washbasin

• Dishwasher, bottle warmer, microwave, refrigerator • Soap, paper hand towel and disinfectant dispensers, container with lid

Workroom

After-school centre, • Workroom basin with gully day-care centre

• Soap and paper hand towel dispensers, container with lid, floor drain

Utility room

General

• Washing machine, dryer, sink

• Floor drain

Kitchenette, staffroom

General

• Sink with draining board

• Dishwasher, refrigerator, stovetop hob, oven, range hood, microwave, bain-marie

Treatment and breast-feeding room

General

• Washbasin

• Shelf, mirror, soap, paper hand towel and disinfectant dispenser, container with lid

Visitors’ toilet

General

• Hand washing basin • Toilet • Urinal

• Shelf, mirror, soap and paper hand towel dispensers, container with lid • Toilet roll holder, extra paper holder, toilet brush with holder (off-floor), clothes hooks

Outdoor play area General

• Tap

• Floor drain

General

• Sink

• Folding rack, shelf for cleaning products, rubbish bins (for sorting rubbish)

17 Cleaner’s room

Sanitary facilities required in schools Classroom

• Classroom sink Pre-school, kinder• Milk room (pre-school, school garten, primary kindergarten) school, vocational school, secondary school, university etc.

• Soap and paper hand towel dispensers, container with lid, hook • Sink, refrigerator, stovetop hob, bain-marie, range hood

Classroom toilet

Pre-school, school, kindergarten

• 1 washbasin • 2 toilets

• Mirror, soap and paper hand towel dispensers, container with lid, • Toilet roll holder, extra paper holder, toilet brush with holder (off-floor), clothes hooks

General indoor toilet

Primary and secondary schools

• 1 washbasin for boys and girls per floor • 1 toilet for boys /men and 2 for girls / women on each floor • 1 urinal

• Mirror, soap and paper hand towel dispensers, container with lid, • Toilet roll holder, extra paper holder, toilet brush with holder (off-floor), clothes hooks • Floor drain

Break-time toilet boys/men

as for classroom, auditorium

• as for general indoor toilet • 1 washbasin for every 60 people • 1 toilet for 40 – 50 people, recommended • as for general indoor toilet • as for general indoor toilet for 50 p. • 1 urinal for 20 – 30 people, recommended for 25 p.

Break-time toilet girls /women

as for classroom, auditorium

• as for break-time toilet boys /men • 1 washbasin for every 60 people • 1 toilet for 20 – 30 people, recommended • as for break-time toilet boys /men, plus a sanitary bag dispenser and bin with a lid for sanitary waste 1 toilet for 25 people

Teachers’ toilet, men

General

• 1 washbasin for every 20 people • 1 toilet for every 20 people • 1 urinal for every 20 people

• Mirror, soap and paper hand towel dispensers, container with lid • as for general indoor toilet • Floor drain

Teachers’ toilet, women

General

• 1 washbasin for every 20 people • 1 toilet for 20 people

• Mirror, soap and paper hand towel dispensers, container with lid • as for teachers’ toilet for men, plus a sanitary bag dispenser and bin with a lid for sanitary waste

Staffroom, kitchenette

General

• Sink with draining board

• Dishwasher, refrigerator, stovetop hob, over, range hood, microwave

Treatment room

General

• Washbasin

• Shelf, mirror, soap, paper hand towel and disinfectant dispensers, container with lid

Caretaker

General

• Washbasin

• Mirror, soap and paper hand towel dispensers, container with lid

• Sink

• Folding rack, shelf for cleaning products, rubbish bins (for sorting rubbish)

• Toilet • Washbasin • Other

• Folding support handles on both sides of the toilet, clothes hook, toilet roll holder, flush mechanism built into a support handle, extra paper holder, toilet brush with holder (off-floor) • Mirror visible from a sitting or standing position, soap and paper hand towel dispensers, container with lid, warm air hand dryer • Floor drain, emergency call buttons at 3 places in the cubicle, at least 1≈ that can be reached from the floor

Cleaner’s room General Toilet for the disabled

18

General, per floor 1≈ women and 1≈ men

35

Fundamental planning criteria for public sanitary facilities

19 a

b Sizes of sanitary fittings, movement areas and spacing [cm] in places of public assembly

Washbasin

Hand washing basin

Sink

Spittoon

Toilet, flushing outside the wall

Toilet, flushing inside the wall

Urinal

Baby changing table

Makeup table

Washbasin, barrier-free

Toilet, barrier-free

Sanitary fittings

W

HWB

SI

SP

WCo

WCi

UR

BCT

MT

Wb

WCb

Width w

60

45

50

47

40

40

40

70

60

60

40

Depth d

50

35

35

47

75

60

40

80

25

50

70

Abbreviations Sizes of sanitary fittings

Minimum movement areas Width w

80

70

80

80

80

80

60

90

90

Depth d

55

55

55

60

60

60

60

60

55

85

85

If sanitary fittings, walls and floor spaces are installed facing each other, there must be a distance of at least 75 cm between them. Installation height 3) Installation height for children 3)

85

85

65

90

42 1)

42 1)

65

35

35

50 /55

65 /70 65 /70

Movement area 150 ≈ 150

80

48 1)

20

95

Minimum lateral distances to other sanitary fittings, walls and floor spaces W

20

HWB WCo / WCi

20 20

50

20

20

20

50

20

20

20

20

20

Partition Wall

20 20

Door area

20

20

25

20 25 2)

20 25 2)

20 25 2)

Distance to door opening /door reveal of at least 10 cm

Installed in front of the wall

For dimensions, refer to “Installation height” above

Minimum dimensions for toilets

door opening outwards

with washbasin

Width of toilet cubicle

90

115

Depth of toilet cubicle

125

125

Room depth in front of cubicles (vestibule)

155

155

Room depth in front of cubicles (vestibule) for a single row of toilets with urinals opposite

205

205

Room depth in front of cubicles (vestibule) for two rows of toilets

200

200

1)

upper edge of the ceramic for wall-mounted models with walls on both sides 20 3) installation height above finished floor 2)

36

Sanitary facilities in places of public assembly Because the various Public Venues Ordinances of the German states (Versammlungsstättenverordnungen der Länder – VstättV) do not sufficiently regulate the building and equipping of sanitary facilities for places of public assembly, part 3 of the VDI 6000 standard contains details on what must be taken into account in planning places of public assembly with stages and performance areas with more than 100 visitors (e.g. auditoria, cinemas, concert halls and theatres), those accommodating more than 200 people (e.g. auditoria, assembly rooms, multi-purpose halls, sports halls with spectator seating, meeting places and parish halls) or for sport stadia with over 5,000 visitors (Figs. 20 and 22). Canteens can also be used as places of public assembly, as can assembly rooms and radio and television studios that are open to the public if they are separate or consist of shared but subdivided spaces and can hold more than 200 people, and outdoor venues such as open-air theatres seating more than 1,000 spectators. The standard’s main prescriptions are that toilets have hand basins and that several people should be able to use the facilities simultaneously without restriction, which provision of an additional circulation area in front of movement areas or cubicle doors will ensure. The necessary requirement figures for sanitary facilities are determined in the same way as those for workplaces, in accordance with VDI 6000 part 2. The fittings required will depend on the type of public venue and user groups, and they should also fit in with the operator’s overall concept. Fig. 22 shows the basic equipment required.

Fundamental planning criteria for public sanitary facilities

21

Sanitary facilities in the hospitality industry Regulators divide the hospitality industry into the catering and accommodation (food and lodging) sectors. The Hospitality Venues Ordinance (Gaststättenverordnung – GastV) prescribes the sanitary facility equipment that must be provided in each German federal state (Land). Separate sanitary facilities must be provided for employees and guests in catering establishments. The Hospitality Venues Ordinance also prescribes requirement figures for sanitary equipment in canteens and stipulates the sanitary equipment required in catering establishments feeding up to a limit of 199 people, while the Public Venues Ordinance (VstättV) regulates facilities feeding 200 people and more. Other regulations may apply in individual cases. The Workplaces Ordinance (Arbeitsstättenrichtlinie) (see p. 29ff.) must be taken into account in planning sanitary facilities for employees in the catering industry and in canteens.

Visitors

Women WC

WB

Men MT

UR

WC

WB 1

Number of toilets

Barrier-free toilet cubicles

Low level of simultaneous use 25

1

1

1

1

1

50

2

2

1

2

1

1

100

2

2

1

2

1

2

300

4

2

1

4

2

2

500

4

2

2

4

2

3

700

5

4

2

5

3

4

1,000

6

4

2

6

4

5

1,500

8

6

2

8

5

6

2,000

9

7

2

9

6

8

3,000

12

10

3

12

8

10

4,000

14

12

4

14

10

12

5,000

16

14

4

16

12

14

6,000

18

16

4

18

14

16

max. 1 W max. 1 M

1W 1M

2W 2M at least 2 W at least 2 M

3W 3M

Medium level of simultaneous use 25

1

1

1

1

1

1

50

2

2

1

2

1

1

100

3

3

1

3

1

2

300

5

3

1

5

2

3

500

6

4

2

6

3

4

700

7

5

2

7

4

5

1,000

9

6

2

9

5

7

1,500

11

8

3

11

7

9

2,000

13

10

3

13

9

11

3,000

17

14

4

17

12

14

4,000

21

18

5

21

15

18

5,000

24

21

5

24

18

21

6,000

26

23

6

26

20

23 2

max. 1 W max. 1 M

at least 2 W at least 2 M

at least 3 W at least 3 M

1W 1M

2W 2M

3W 3M

High level of simultaneous use

19 Toilets in a golf club in Holzgerlingen (D) conversion in 2012, LivingHouse a opaque glass partition walls between urinals reaching almost to the floor b long continuous mirror above a range washbasin 20 Sanitary facilities required in places of public assembly (acc. to VDI 6000, part 3) 21 Presentation of a public toilet, with light and mirror effects and jointless surfaces in a club, Sofia (BG) 2013, Mode Designstudio 22 Requirement figures for the basic equipping of sanitary facilities in places of public assembly (acc. to VDI 6000, part 3)

25

2

2

2

2

2

50

3

3

2

3

2

2

100

5

5

2

5

2

3

300

8

5

2

8

3

5

500

9

6

3

9

5

6

700

11

8

3

11

6

8

1,000

14

9

3

14

8

11

1,500

17

12

5

17

11

14

2,000

20

15

5

20

14

17

3,000

26

21

6

26

18

21

4,000

32

27

8

32

23

27

5,000

36

32

8

36

27

32

6,000

39

35

9

39

30

35

W Women 22 M Men

WC Toilet WB Washbasin

max. 1 W max. 1 M

1W 1M

at least 2 W at least 2 M 2W 2M at least 3 W at least 3 M at least 4 W at least 4 M

3W 3M

UR Urinal MT Makeup table

37

38

Technology and construction

1

2

The planning and construction of private bathrooms and public sanitary facilities is directly linked with their technical equipment, which creates the basic preconditions for forward-looking construction and a use of renewable energies that conserves resources. Laws and standards have to be complied with, and technical knowledge will be required if effective use is to be made of interactions between design, construction, the behaviour of materials, and technology. Depending on the type of building and its usage, various demands will be made on different sanitary facilities, for which individual solutions will have to be developed to accommodate the necessary functions and design requirements. Sanitary installations Sanitary installations in private bathrooms and public sanitary facilities, especially technical installations for water supply and wastewater drainage, help people maintain hygiene and health. Saving water has also become increasingly important in recent years. The chapter on sustainability (p. 54ff.) contains more details on technical aspects and sustainability issues (see Using water-saving technologies, p. 56f. and Using grey water and rainwater, p. 56).

A house connection is the junction between suppliers (electricity cables and district heating, water and drainage and gas pipes) and the consumer’s pipes. Drinking water supply systems

Germany’s Drinking Water Ordinance (Trinkwasserverordnung – TrinkwV 2001) prescribes the quality standards for hot and cold water for human consumption and contains stipulations on pipe networks and specific routes. Drinking water quality applies not only to water that is in fact used for drinking, but also to water used for washing the body and water used for cleaning objects that come into contact with the human body (e.g. washing clothes). Drinking water quality Drinking water must be free of pathogens, pure and potable. Maximum levels of permissible microbiological and chemical constituents must be maintained and the provisions of DIN 2000 and 2001 complied with. The Drinking Water Ordinance also prescribes regular tests for Legionella bacteria in drinking water heating systems. Public operators of largescale systems and commercial operators (such as apartment house owners) must

Correct configuration (ring installation) of drinking water pipes to prevent Legionella occurring: standing water is avoided. Hygienically risky configuration. In a so-called Tinstallation, water stands until it is again extracted. This should be avoided.

have these tests carried out (see Requirements, p. 27). Legionella are rod-shaped legionellosis bacteria that cause Legionnaires’ Disease. They can occur wherever warm water and standing cold water offers them good breeding conditions. Germany’s Federal Environment Agency estimates that in Germany Legionella cause 20,000 – 35,000 lung diseases annually, 15 % of them fatal. Legionella become dangerous when they are breathed in as spray, during showering for example, and enter the body through the respiratory tract. To prevent Legionella forming, unnecessary water connections should be dispensed with and unused pipe sections removed (Figs. 1 and 2). Insulating cold water pipes prevents the water in them from being warmed by its surroundings. A regular exchange of the water in the entire pipe network must be ensured for hygienic reasons. This is done either by operating systems and all points of use as prescribed (flushing at least once a week, or every 72 hours is recommended for critical systems in nursing homes or hospitals) or, if such usage cannot be ensured, by means of an automated flushing system. Hot water Cold water

General definitions

Distinctions are made between the following terms: Large-scale systems include a water tank containing more than 400 l and/or a volume greater than 3 l in their longest pipeline. The temperature of the hot water in large-scale systems must be maintained at or above 55 – 60°C. Domestic installations include all pipes, taps and fittings and devices fitted between a water supply system and points of water use.

1 Correct configuration

2 Hygienically risky configuration

39

Technology and construction

High-rise building

a Elevated reservoir

Highest water level

b c DEA

a Pressure booster necessary b Adequate water pressure c Normal water supply

Materials for drinking water pipes Metal pipes (copper, steel) and plastic or multiple-ply composite metal pipes are the main types used in domestic installations. The latter combine the positive qualities of metal and plastic pipes and offer additional advantages such as low lengthwise expansion, flexibility, stability and easy handling. The German Federal Environment Agency’s guidelines on the sanitary assessment of organic materials in contact with drinking water (KTW-Leitlinie) can be used as a basis for carrying out a hygienic evaluation of organic materials in contact with drinking water. Lead pipes no longer meet the requirements of the Drinking Water Ordinance and have not been used since 2000 (see Renovation, p. 90ff.). Pipe materials must be chosen to fit in with local water quality: stainless steel, multiple-ply composite metal pipes and plastic pipes bearing a test mark from the German Technical and Scientific Association for Gas and Water (DVGW) can be used for drinking water of any quality. Copper piping can only be used for water with a ph-value higher than 7. Details on specific local water quality must be obtained through analysis from the local water supplier.

3

Layout and sizes of drinking water pipes Drinking water supply installations must be constructed in compliance with the Drinking Water Ordinance and generally accepted technical engineering standards, which are contained in current editions of the relevant standards – DIN EN 806, DIN EN 1717 and in DIN 1988, which was revised in 2011. It can be advisable to use suitable planning software to plan installations, as this will not only ensure that sizes are correct, but it can also help planners to draft bids and tenders and to estimate costs.

Boiler Indirectly heated storage tank a

Small storage tank Continuous-flow water heater

Continuous-flow water heater 4b

40

Drinking water building connections Local water suppliers supply drinking water in consumption areas in pipes with diameters of 40 to 100 cm. Thinner pipes with diameters of 8 to 10 cm distribute water along streets to consumers. Each consumer and commercial unit has their own connection pipe, which is connected by a saddle clamp, with the addition of a built-in valve (the main shut-off valve), to the supply pipe (Fig. 5). Water flows through the connection pipe to the water meter and from there into the building, where rising mains pipes distribute it to individual taps. In most locations, the pipe network’s

pressure allows water to rise to the top floors of ordinary multi-storey houses (up to four floors). Pressure booster systems make it possible to supply higher storeys with water. Depending on local climate conditions, house water connections will have to be protected from frost and laid 1–1.80 m below ground level at a right angle to the street (in a straight line, rising to the property). A house water connection may not be built over, a horizontal distance of more than 1 m to drains must be maintained, and a shut-off valve must be installed as close as possible to the supply pipe. The water intake is usually in the house connection room in the building, where a calibrated water meter is also installed. Pressure booster systems If the available minimum flow pressure from taps at high elevations (e.g. in highrise buildings) is inadequate, a pressure booster system will be required (Fig. 3). Pressure tanks or speed-regulated pumps will provide the required water pressure. Hot water supply – drinking water quality

Hot water in drinking water quality is supplied by either point of use or centralised systems (Fig. 4). Point of use drinking water heating “Point of use” hot water is supplied separately at every point of use or as a group supply through a boiler, an instantaneous water heater or a thermal storage water heater. Group supply consists of different points of hot water use connected to a shared water heater. A point of use hot water supply is usually more suitable for tap connections that are far apart and for subsequent installations or renovations because fittings are connected directly to the hot water supply, dispensing with the need for long pipes through the building. Fig. 6 shows a comparison of the systems. Boilers Boilers are filled with water shortly before use. They are not pressurised, not insulated and are usually electronic. They heat water for single objects, such as a shower or bathtub, and switch off automatically when the water reaches a preset temperature. Instantaneous water heaters These appliances, often also called continuous-flow water heaters, heat water as

Technology and construction

it flows through them, so they have only small tanks.

Building connection

Thermal storage water heaters Thermal storage water heaters can hold different amounts of water and are insulated. The water is heated to the desired temperature and is immediately available.

Drinking Building water connection supply pipe

Main shut-off valve

Water meter

Control screw

Filter

WM

Centralised drinking water heating In contrast to point of use systems, centralised hot water systems supply all or many points of use through a shared network. Centralised drinking water heating can be classified into the following groups: • Systems that heat water though heating-circuit water • Drinking water heated by heat pumps • Drinking water heated by solar energy (solar drinking water heating) • Connections to district heating

Exterior wall

Insulator

Pressure regulator

Combined free-flow valve and backflow preventer

5

Boiler (gas or electric)

Continuous-flow water heater (gas or electric)

Storage water heater (gas or electric)

System features

not pressurised (open system)

as open or closed system

as open or closed system

Acquisition costs

generally higher than a continuous-flow water heater

low

higher than a continuousflow water heater

yes

yes

Wastewater disposal

Wastewater is water that has been polluted by use or modified in its properties or composition. Depending on the type of pollution or its reusability, it can be further classified as: • Grey water: slightly polluted wastewater free of faecal matter; can be filtered and recycled (see Using grey water and rainwater, p. 56) • Black water: domestic wastewater containing faecal matter, without grey water • Rainwater flowing off paved surfaces • Other infiltration water that gets into the sewage system due to structural damage Wastewater must flow in a controlled manner through a suitable drain system and into the public sewage system, where it is collected and removed. In Central Europe, wastewater treatment plants usually treat wastewater and then release it into bodies of water that serve as outfall. Here a distinction is made between separate and combined systems. • A separate sewer system channels rainwater and polluted water through two completely separate pipe systems, and all sewage pipes are split into two routes. Rainwater is channelled into a nearby body of water or by other routes into groundwater, reducing the amount of water entering wastewater treatment plants. It also means, however, that only small amounts of water flush the wastewater pipes, which leaves more deposits on pipes, thereby requiring more maintenance.

Hot water on demand? no

6

Suitable for reheating water, e. g. for solar plants?

not really – losses too great

yes, little standby loss

yes, little standby loss

Suitable for large amounts?

No

No, temperature and flow volumes limited if large amounts are supplied

yes

Hygiene

water is only heated as required, hygienically advantageous

water is only heated as required, hygienically advantageous

water that is kept warm is less hygienically advantageous than freshly heated water

Can it use off-peak current?

no

no

yes

Cold water Units Dimension

Hot water Units Dimension

Wastewater Units Dimension

Home 1 Bathtub 1 Shower 1 Toilet 2 Washbasins

1 2– 3 4 –7 8 – 23 24 – 30

DN 15 DN 20 DN 25 DN 32 DN 40

1 2–4 5–9 10 – 30

DN 15 DN 20 DN 25 DN 32

1–13 14 – 29 30

DN 100 DN 125 DN 150

Office building 2 Washbasins 5 Pressure flush urinals

1– 2 3 –7 8 –12 13 – 20

DN 25 DN 32 DN 40 DN 50

1 2–4 5 –13 14 –20

DN 10 DN 15 DN 20 DN 25

1– 5 6 –12 13 – 20

DN 100 DN 125 DN 150

School/Hotel 2 Washbasins 5 Pressure flush urinals

1– 2 3–5 6–9 10 –17 18 – 20

DN 25 DN 32 DN 40 DN 50 DN 65

1 2–4 5 –11 12 – 20

DN 10 DN 15 DN 20 DN 25

1 1– 3 4 – 20

DN 100 DN 125 DN 150

Wastewater systems are designed in compliance with DIN 1986-100 (2008-05) and DIN EN 12 056; hot and 7 cold water systems are designed in compliance with DIN EN 806-3 (2006-07)

3 4

5

Pressure booster system Domestic water heating systems: a Decentralised domestic water heating b Central domestic water heating Domestic drinking water connection

6

7

Comparison of various decentralised domestic water heating options (boiler, continuous-flow water heater, storage water heater) Pipe sizes

41

Technology and construction

Ventilation above the roof

Backflow level Backflow level

Street

Possible sewer gases in the drainpipe Sealing water

8

• A combined sewer system separates rainwater and polluted water only inside the building, with wastewater collected in collection pipes as close as possible to the connecting sewer. Laying and positioning DIN EN 12 056 (parts 1–5) and DIN 1986 (parts 3, 4, 30 and 100) regulate the laying and sizes of wastewater pipes (polluted water and rainwater pipes). Structural, soundproofing and fire protection requirements must also be taken into account (see Fire protection and soundproofing, p. 52f.). Drainage pipes in buildings are usually concealed in shafts or, if necessary, in horizontal slots cut into the ceiling. Depending on the building standard and users’ wishes, it is also possible to lay pipes in a cellar and in adjoining rooms freely along the wall or horizontally under the cellar roof, leaving sufficient space (≥ 6 cm) for installation, maintenance and cleaning. These underground connecting drainpipes run into the ground under the building’s bottom slab and up to a connection to the public sewage system. When working with plastic pipes, the possibility of the material’s inherent expansion must be taken into account. Suspended pipe clamps with elastic inlays are used to attach pipes to ceilings, with pipe hooks and clamps used to fix them to walls (horizontally and vertically). Individual pipe parts and other wastewater system components are described below, while Fig. 10 provides an overview of their use in buildings. Downpipes – vertical pipes Separate downpipes for polluted water and rainwater lead straight down as far as possible with a constant diameter (bore) through all storeys in a building into an underground or collection pipe. Clean-out 42

Lifting station

9

openings must be provided where these pipes intersect. Downpipes must be ventilated above the roof and have a minimum diameter of DN 70, or DN 90 if they are connected to a toilet. Laying them inside thin walls usually causes noise problems. Adjoining apartments may not be connected to a shared wastewater downpipe. Connecting pipes – horizontal pipes Connecting or branch pipes lead from the odour trap of the object connected to the drain to the downpipe and not into the ground or through the bottom slab. If a single object is connected to the pipe, it is called a single connection pipe; if several objects are connected, it is referred to as a manifold connection pipe. Horizontal pipes must have the most even gradient possible (normally between 0.5

and 2 %). Greater differences in elevation require the use of a downpipe, and an inspection shaft must be provided for cleaning. Water intake points Every water intake point must have an odour trap and a drain. Discharge points that can be plugged (e.g. hand basins, kitchen sinks or bathtubs) must have an overflow so that they cannot spill over if the water supply is not stopped. Floor drains are advisable for bathrooms containing several showers, cleaning rooms and (laundry) cellars and in public buildings such as schools, barracks, swimming pools, hospitals and in hotels or nursing homes. In accordance with DIN EN 12 056 and DIN 1986-100, wall surfaces with water intake points have to be vertically sealed at least 20 cm above

DIN EN 12 056

DIN EN 752 DIN 1986-100

Ventilation duct

Rainwater pipe Connecting pipe

Street

Top of the backflow level

Property boundary Single /collector connecting pipe

Mixed water street sewer

10

Downpipe

Alternative: outdoor inspection shaft

Connecting sewer

Backflow loop

Cleaning opening

Collector pipe

In-floor drain Lifting station

Closed inspection shaft Underground pipe

Technology and construction

5 6 Feeder tube Ø 25–32 mm

4

3

Collector pipe

7

Tank with comminutor and pump 11

1

2

the point of water supply. Other walls directly adjacent to horizontal or slightly inclined surfaces only have to be sealed at least 15 cm above the finished floor level (FFL). An odour trap is a u-shaped bend in a drainpipe (siphon). Water collects at the bottom of the bend, forming a gas trap (Fig. 8). This prevents odours escaping from the sewers, while water can also flow through the siphon. Because the connected downpipe (see the section on downpipes) is ventilated above the roof, it does not cause a vacuum in the sewers or in the pipe system, which would otherwise draw up the sealing water from the odour trap. Ventilation lines Ventilation lines equalise pressure by sending expelled air (sewer gases) through downpipes not in use out through the roof. At the same time, outside air is introduced into the downpipe in use to prevent a vacuum in the pipe system. This enables sewer gases to escape outside, so all downpipes must be ventilated above the roof. Collector pipes without a downpipe must have at least one ventilation pipe above the roof. Underground pipes Underground pipes are drain pipes laid next to or under a building and are protected from frost. They usually have a minimum diameter of DN 100 or, in exceptional cases, DN 80. Backflow level and lifting stations Drainage should ideally follow a natural gradient to the backflow level, which is the highest possible level of wastewater in the pipe system, usually 10 cm above the surface of the street adjoining the building. A lifting station, which pumps wastewater out through a looped pressure pipe above the backflow level, will

12

be necessary for rooms below the backflow level (Fig. 9). Stations are also necessary when backflow prevention cannot always be closed (protecting the building from sewer system backflow) due to frequent use of drains or if adjoining rooms require fail-safe protection against backflow. A station usually consists of collection tanks and pumps that lift the wastewater above the backflow level through a looped pressure pipe, and are differentiated as follows: • Sewage lifting stations: All toilets and urinals discharge wastewater containing faecal matter (black water), so in compliance with DIN EN 12 050-1, they must be connected to a sewage lifting station if their highest level (measured against the water level in the odour trap) is not higher than 25 cm above the backflow level and they cannot be drained with a natural gradient through the public sewers (Fig. 11). Black water is collected in closed, water and gas-proof steel or plastic tanks with a volume of at least 20 l and lifted above the backflow level by a looped pressure pipe (DN ≥ 100) ≥ 25 cm with a built-in backflow preventer. The tanks must have their own ventilation pipe (DN ≥ 70) out through the roof. DIN EN 12 050-1 also specifies other requirements on lifting stations, such as signals in the event of failure, emergency operation modes and types of installation. • Lifting stations for wastewater free of faecal matter: Lifting stations of this type lift rainwater and slightly polluted wastewater with no unpleasant smell (so-called grey water, water from showers, bathtubs and kitchen sinks and dishwashers) above the backflow level. The waterproof, lidded collection tanks are usually made of plastic. When it reaches a certain level, the water is automatically pumped through a pres-

8 Odour trap 9 Backflow level and lifting station 10 Position and description of parts of pipe in a drainage installation (according to DIN 1986-100). In the drawing, the scope of application of the DIN standards is also marked. 11 Sewage lifting station 1 Water supply 2 Wastewater lifting station 3 Ventilation 4 Pressure pipe 5 Backflow loop 6 Locally determined backflow level 7 Main sewer connection 12 Small-scale sewage lifting station

43

Technology and construction

13 Weights that various sanitary objects must be able to withstand 14 Front-wall installation without cladding 15 Free space above the front-wall installation can be used as shelving. Housing in Hamburg (D) 2011, SKA Sibylle Kramer Architekten 16 Examples of floor plans and shaft sizes: a Bathroom with wall-mounted toilet b Guest toilet c Bathroom with wall-mounted toilet and washing machine 17 Front-wall installations: a Front-wall installation and installation frames (in drywall) b Front-wall installation with previously finished masonry c Front-wall installation with brick front wall 13

sure pipe above the backflow level, from where it can flow out along a natural gradient into the public sewer. DIN EN 12 050-2 also prescribes the installation of a backflow prevention device, which allows flows in only one direction, and contains further requirements for lifting stations (such as lighting, lighting connections and work space). • Lifting stations for wastewater containing faecal matter for limited uses – small-scale lifting stations: Subsequent installation of a bathroom or toilet during conversions or renovations of cellars in residential buildings can often lead to problems because the existing pipes are too far away, the gradient is not sufficient or the toilet is lower than the backflow level. Small-scale lifting stations can be installed in a front wall or directly under the toilet in compliance with DIN EN 12 050-3 if a maximum of one toilet, one shower, one hand basin and a bidet are connected and there is an additional toilet above the backflow level (Fig. 12, p. 43). A feed pipe with a diameter of 25 to 32 mm will be sufficient because comminutors break down and liquefy the faecal matter and paper so it can be pumped for distances of up to 90 m or up to 5 m high in the sewer system. Wastewater pipe materials Wastewater pipes are classified according to their materials and must comply with European standards or permits. Fig. 10 (p. 42) shows their classification for various applications in DIN standards. Plastic and SML pipes are most commonly used in practice. Plastic pipes Plastic pipes vary in terms of their materials, joining techniques and applications. The most common materials used for standard domestic drainpipe applications 44

Sanitary fitting

Weight to be taken into account [kg]

Wall-mounted toilet

400

Washbasin

150

Urinal

100

Supports and handrails

100

are polypropylene (PP) and polyethylene (PE). PP pipes are heat-resistant up to 95 °C, PE pipes up to 80 °C. Both are highly resistant to many chemicals. Mineral fibre-reinforced pipes (PE, AS) can be used to meet increased soundproofing requirements. PP pipes are usually joined using sliding sockets, PE pipes by means of butt-sealing, socket welds or couplings. Their highly reliable sealed connections make PE pipes also very suitable for laying underground. Wrapped KG pipes made of polypropylene can be used as an alternative. SML pipes SML pipes are socketless or collarless cast-iron drainpipes coated inside and out with a protective coating. These very robust pipes are laid mainly in buildings and are available in diameters ranging from 40 to 300 mm. Depending on the stability and impermeability of joints required of them, they are joined with different couplings. They are very heavy, so the pipes’ load transfer must be taken into account. Installation systems Toilets, washbasins, urinals, bidets, showers and bathtubs require both supply and drainage pipes connecting them to the pipe system, as described in the section on “Wastewater disposal” (p. 41ff.). These pipes were formerly often laid in slots in walls. However, this is now unusual because this form of installation no longer complies with today’s fire protection and soundproofing requirements (see Fire protection and soundproofing, p. 53) and the slots impair the structural features of walls, especially load-bearing walls. In private and public sanitary facilities, separate unfinished surfaces and installation systems, so-called front-wall installation, is now an established standard (Fig. 14). The main advantages of

14

front-wall installation include the prevention of “acoustic bridges” to adjoining rooms, easy installation with prefabricated elements and mounting frames, easier maintenance and less mess and dirt because cutting and mortising are not necessary. If front-wall installation is chosen, it should be ensured that the weight of the objects being installed and their usage are appropriately taken into account and structurally accounted for (Fig. 13). Front-wall installation

A distinction is made between front-wall installation in drywall and brick wall construction (Fig. 17). Drywall front walls can be built in front of dividing walls, which can also be drywalls, or in front of masonry or concrete walls. Brick or masonry front walls can only be built in front of masonry or concrete walls. Complete installation partitions can also be built using a drywall construction method. Front-wall installation in drywall construction Front-wall installation in drywall construction is the most common and economical sanitary installation method because its short drying times allow for rapid construction progress. To build the walls, a mounting frame is erected and the installation elements are set into it. After installation, the frames are clad with gypsum plasterboard and given an even coat of plaster or covered with tiles. The depth of a front-wall installation (unfinished surfaces to the front edge of the plasterboard panel without tiles) depends on the pipes in it and any possible junctions and usually ranges from 17 cm (for horizontal pipes) to 25 cm (for vertical pipes). Depending on their design, free spaces between pipes can serve as shelves or niches (Fig. 15).

Technology and construction

25

Drinking water warm = DN 32 Drinking water = DN 32 Drinking water circulation = DN 15

Heating flow (HVL) = DN 25 Shaft configuration: wastewater, drinking water, heating, ventilation

Heating return (HRL) = DN 25 Wastewater (SW) = DN 100 Ventilation (L) = DN 110

28

a

15

Brick lined and brick-faced front-wall installation In this type of front-wall installation, the pipes, which have to be acoustically decoupled (see Soundproofing, p. 53), and prefabricated installation blocks or frames are laid and fixed in front of an unfinished wall. After installation, the wall is lined with brick or completely closed by being bricked up. Depending on how a building site is organised, this construction method can take more time because a bricklayer has to be on site to close gaps in the installation blocks. Shafts

Shaft configuration: wastewater, drinking water, heating, ventilation

32

b

Shaft configuration: wastewater, drinking water, heating, ventilation 16 c

Front-wall installations can be directly in front of shafts or run to shafts containing vertical pipes. Fig. 16 shows examples of shaft configurations and dimensions.

1 3 7 8 12

Shower systems

Shower systems are connected to existing water supply connections, either surface-mounted or flush-mounted in the wall. Showers can be installed level with the floor with a drain in the wall or in the floor, with a shower tray and integrated drain, or as a corner shower or prefabricated shower unit (see Shower trays, p. 24).

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

10

Solid masonry (plastered) Brick lining Wall tile Mineral fibre slab Cavity with insulation Structure-borne sound-insulated installation framework Damp room plasterboard Sanitary block Pipe Floor tile Floor or ceiling slab Toilet / bidet

6 9 11 b

Floor-level showers Floor-level showers create an impression of space because there is no platform, i.e. no edge between the shower and the floor covering. They are now used not only in barrier-free bathrooms but are often installed in private bathrooms and hotels. The installation of a floor-level shower usually includes a sloping screed or a shower base. Drains in floors can be differentiated between point and linear drainage systems (Fig. 18, p. 46). In the case of point drains, water runs to a point. Depending on the floor covering, this may involve cutting visible lines in the 17 a

1 3 5

1

7 2 3 4 8

12 10 9 9

11

11 c

45

Technology and construction

a 1 2 3 4 5 6

b Tile with adhesive Sealing collar Insulating coating (sealing level) Embedded insulating flange Channel body incl. cover Flat syphon with odour trap

7 Sloping screed 8 PE foil 9 Soundproofing mat 10 Plaster layer/mortar bed 11 Steel-reinforced concrete slab 12 Sloping insulation 13 Screed

sloping plane, in tiles for example, for a controlled drainage of water. For linear drains, such as slot drains that run from wall to wall, a sloping plane to the drain is sufficient. The floor covering can be continuous and tiles do not have to be cut. Slot drains can also be covered with the floor covering material so that they remain inconspicuous in the overall design. In both cases, the floor drain must be at least 12 cm in diameter so that the drain can be equipped with an odour trap, taking the required gradient into account. In sealing showers, the transition from the floor to the wall and to the in-floor drain must be very carefully constructed. Taps and fittings

1

2

3

4 5 6 7 8 10

9 11

a

1 8 5 12

13

9

10 18 b

46

Taps and fittings are made mainly of chrome or nickel-plated (or more rarely plastic-coated) copper-zinc alloys. Distinctions are made between different types of installation, such as standing and wall models, between different types of operation, such as non-contact taps or self-closing valves, and between surface installations and flush-mounted installations in the wall (see Taps and fittings, p. 25). Non-contact electronic taps and fittings, which are usually infrared-controlled, require a power connection. If the tap is retrofitted or rarely used, battery-powered taps and fittings can also be used. A 6-volt lithium battery will last about 5 years under normal conditions. Sealing in bathrooms / sanitary facilities Depending on the material chosen, floor coverings in bathrooms and sanitary facilities must be moisture-resistant but not necessarily waterproof. Moisture in tiled rooms can penetrate grouted joints and get into insulating layers and into the structure. To prevent this occurring,

DIN 18 195 recommends that floors in rooms subject to moisture be additionally sealed. Further relevant and recognised technical rules include the data sheets of the German Tile Industry Association (Fachverband Deutsches Fliesengewerbe) in the Central German Construction Industry Association (Zentralverband Deutsches Baugewerbe – ZDB). For more information on composite bonded sealing, please refer to their leaflet “Verbundabdichtungen” (Bonded sealants). Exposure classes

DIN 18 195 classifies rooms into exposure classes depending on their exposure to moisture and their usage. These classes define the necessary sealing requirements. Due to their moderate exposure, DIN 18 195-1 does not classify a bathroom in a house without an in-floor drain (i.e. with a shower tray) as a “wet room”. According to DIN 18 195-5, a wet room is “an interior room in which, as a result of its use, water accumulates in such quantities that an in-floor drain is necessary to drain it”. The standard distinguishes between moderate and high levels of exposure (Fig. 19). Further information on using liquid composite bonded sealing is provided in the ZDB leaflet on bonded sealants. Sealing in wet rooms

Insulating layers in wet or damp rooms must be protected from moisture with a suitable barrier layer. The substrata to be sealed – usually screed or floating screed on insulation – may not have any penetrating cracks wider than 2 mm or height offsets greater than 1 mm. After the screed has hardened, the entire bathroom floor is bonded with several sealing sheets as prescribed in DIN 18 195-5. Sealant is applied with a spatula or by painting, spraying or rolling it on. The main sealing compounds used are reac-

Technology and construction

Moisture exposure classes in areas requiring building authority approvals (high exposure): Water not exerting pressure inside: directly or indirectly exposed wall and floor surfaces; frequent or long-term exposure to service and cleaning water, e.g. in showers in private and public facilities or around swimming pools

B

Water constantly exerting pressure from the inside and outside: containers under pressure from water, e.g. swimming pools

C

Water not exerting pressure, with simultaneous chemical exposure: wall and floor surfaces with limited exposure to chemicals, e.g. laundries or commercial kitchens

Moisture exposure classes in areas not requiring building authority approvals (moderate exposure):

19

A0

Water not exerting pressure inside: directly or indirectly affected surfaces that are not often exposed to service or cleaning water, e.g. private bathrooms or hotel bathrooms and their floor surfaces with drains

B0

Water not exerting pressure outside: directly or indirectly exposed surfaces outside, not above rooms in use, e.g. balconies or terraces

tion resins, which harden by chemical reaction, or synthetic resin dispersions, which harden during drying. The material’s suitability must be demonstrated by appropriate certification and test reports. DIN 18 195-5 stipulates that sealing on edges must rise at least 15 cm above the surface of the finished floor (Fig. 20). Sealing in showers, in contrast, must extend at least 20 cm above the height of the showerhead, and an additional plaster base must be provided above the sealing for the plaster to adhere to (Fig. 21). Surfaces in houses are generally less exposed to high levels of moisture, so fewer sealing sheets may be required. Laying and joining tiles Tiles can be laid in a thick or thin mortar bed. Industry has for some time been able to produce calibrated very thin tiles, so the thick bed method is increasingly rarely used. Among the advantages of the thin bed method are faster laying, which shortens construction times, and thinner walls that offer more space in rooms. The small amounts of mortar required also mean that less moisture is introduced into the building. Laying tiles on a thin mortar bed

The thickness of wall coverings including tiles is about 10 mm, measured from the top edge of the substrata to the top edge of the tiles, while the thickness of walls tiled using the thin-bed method is about 3 – 5 mm (Fig. 23, p. 48). Laying tiles on a thin bed requires a very even surface, which prefabricated concrete elements or gypsum plasterboard offer, although the surface may have to be smoothed with spatulas and evened out before the tiles are laid. The substrata should have a sufficiently stable form and be clean and free of penetrating cracks and

levelling layers in the plaster. The prescribed residual moisture levels may not be exceeded, and the substrata should not deform too extensively due to creep or shrinkage. The floating method involves applying thin-bed mortar or adhesive to the wall surface in two operations, while in the buttering method, adhesive is applied to the back of the tile before it is pressed onto the wall. A combined buttering-floating method entails applying mortar or adhesive to the wall as well as to the back of the tile. When a floor is tiled, the thickness of the floor covering including tiles will be about 10 –15 mm. Laying these tiles is similar to the process used for tiling walls. The substrata can only be allowed to deform slightly. Cement screed must dry for at least 28 days before tiles are laid on it.

18 Drain of a floor-level shower: a in screed with a point drain b with substratum elements and a linear drain (drainage channel) 19 Moisture exposure classes (acc. to DIN 18 195; for further details on proper sealing see the ZDB data sheet on “Bonded sealants”) 20 Bonded sealant under the top surface (with sealing band and the associated loop) 21 Shower sealing conformant with standards (acc. to DIN 18 195-5)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

3

4

8

9

10

11

20 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

Laying tiles on a thick mortar bed

Floor tiles are laid on a thick bed of mortar where the substratum is extremely uneven or the tiles vary greatly in their thickness or have deep grooves on their rear sides. This type of tiling, now rare, is normally carried out with cement mortar sprayed on as substratum. DIN 18 352 specifies the thickness for wall coverings including tiles: 20 – 30 mm (with a mortar layer at least 15 mm thick) from the top surface of the substrata to the top surface of the tiles, 25 – 35 mm (with a mortar layer at least 20 mm thick) for floor coverings in normal cases, at least 30 mm for partitions, and at least 45 mm for insulation in interiors.

Masonry or concrete wall Plaster layer / mortar bed Bonded sealing Thin bed mortar/adhesive Wall/skirting tiles Sealing strip layer with loop Elastically filled movement joint Cement screed Cover (PE foil) Moisture-resistant insulation layer Floor or ceiling slab Plaster with plaster base (Rabitz mesh) Fixed flange Skirting tiles

Sealing at least 20 cm above the shower head

A1

12 13

7 Grouting

Grouting is the weak point of a tiled surface. If grout is porous, it may absorb smells and moisture and weaken the surface’s stability. Before grouting, it must be ensured that the laying mortar has hardened, which takes about eight days. The

14

5

8

9

10

11

21

47

Technology and construction

In-floor heating

22 Radiator

Wall heating

Ceiling heating

Convection heater

Underfloor convection heater

suitable for a wet room. Heaters provide heat either through radiation (direct heat radiation from a heating device) or though convection (with air as the heat medium), which is why a distinction is made between radiant heating (panel heating) and convection heating (i.e. conventional heaters, see p. 49f.).

hydraulically hardening cement mortar usually used in grouting can also be dyed to create design effects (see Joints and joining material, p. 67). Edge and movement joints Building components expand and contract, so their surrounding wall and floor surfaces, into which water and moisture can penetrate, must be able to absorb this movement without cracking. Joints between walls and floors must be at least 5 mm wide and have a permanently elastic seal (Fig. 21, p. 47) so that they can accommodate movement. Movement joints must be provided to define specific fields and as a continuation of the building’s existing expansion joints.

Under-floor, in-wall and ceiling heating are forms of panel heating. Heating pipes are laid in the structural component. Once warm, they radiate a comfortable radiant heat, which, thanks to their even temperature level, provides a very pleasant warmth (Fig. 26). In contrast to convection heating, radiant heating causes minimal air currents, which are caused by differences in temperature (the temperature at the heater is higher than that of the air in the room), thereby preventing the constant swirling of mites, bacteria and dust through the house (Fig. 28). The higher acquisition costs of panel heating are offset by its other advantages. The large area of the heat radiating wall surface (and the resulting higher level of pleasant radiant heat) means that the perceived temperature is higher, so the operating temperature can be slightly lower (1 – 2°C),

24

48

which saves energy. Panel heating can use environmentally-friendly, renewable energies such as solar energy because it needs only a very low flow temperature. Because structural components function as heat sources, heaters, which can restrict freedom of movement and furnishings, are no longer necessary, although walls cannot be completely blocked by furniture because they still need to distribute heat through the room. These systems take some time to heat up (inertia), so panel heating is not suitable for schools, for example, because it reacts too slowly to required changes in temperature.

Panel heating

Heating installation Room temperature is an essential factor for a comfortable bathroom. DIN EN 12 831 recommends delivery temperatures for sanitary facilities, recommendations endorsed by the Association of German Engineers (Verband Deutscher Ingenieure) in its VDI 6000 guideline, part 1 (Fig. 27). Heating surfaces should be easy to clean, enable the room temperature to be easily regulated and have surfaces

23

22 Usual position of various heating systems, in cross section 23 Thin-bed tile laying 24 In-floor heating under dry screed 25 Wall heating in drywall 26 Room temperature profiles for various heating systems 27 Recommended room temperature for sanitary facilities (acc. to DIN EN 12 831 and VDI 6000, part 1) 28 Radiant and convection proportions of various types of heating 29 Types of laying heating pipes in in-floor heating: a in wet screed b under wet screed c under dry screed

Hot water under-floor heating Hot water under-floor heating must be installed in compliance with DIN EN 1264. DIN 16 892, 4724, 4726 and 16 836 specify the types of pipes that must be used. The pipes can be laid in wet screed, under wet screed or under dry screed (Fig. 29). Wet screed is usually used in new buildings, with flexible plastic pipes laid and screed poured over them. Dry screed is usually used in subsequent construction because it does not have to be poured over completed floor elements, resulting in less demolition and less moisture in the building (Fig. 24).

25

Technology and construction

20 24 16 20 24 16 20 24 16 20 24 [°C] 2.70 m

1.70 m

Recommended room temperature Room

DIN EN 12831

VDI 6000

Kitchen

No details

20 °C

24 °C

24 °C

Bathroom

Wall Ideal heating thermal 26 stratification panel

In-floor heating

Ceiling heating 27

Toilet

20 °C

20 °C

Guest toilet

20 °C

20 °C

Utility room

No details

15 °C

Kitchenette

No details

15 °C

Barrier-free bathroom

No details

26 °C 28

cement plasters or loam rendering can be used for systems with ordinary flow temperatures below 50 °C.

Hot water under-floor heating can use gas, oil, pellets or solar thermal heating (see Heating, p. 58f.). Stone and ceramics are especially suitable flooring materials, although this kind of heating can also be installed under wooden floors.

Type of heating

Radiation ratio

Convection ratio

Flow temperature [˚C]

Wall heating

Up to 90 %

10 %

30 – 35

Floor heating

60 –70 %

30 – 40 %

30 – 35

Heater (Radiator)

10 –30 %

70 – 90 %

45 – 65

stant temperature and allows the building to dry out. Conventional heaters

Wall panel heaters Wall panel heaters are composite elements consisting of a pipe system and insulation that are installed on a wall and plastered in using a drywall construction method. The insulation required for outer walls must be calculated using Germany’s current Energy Saving Ordinance (Energieeinsparverordnung – EnEV).

Water-based wall heating Wall heating can be built as systems that pipe water inside walls (Fig. 25), as heating panels attached to walls in rooms, as skirting board heating or as temperature control heating. To limit heat loss to the outside, a heat transfer coefficient (U-value) of 0.35 W/m2K should not be exceeded for exterior walls.

Hot water heaters are usually classified into tube and ribbed radiators and panel and compact heaters. Tube radiators can also be used as hand towel warmers and are available in different sizes, colours and forms. In summer, when the heating system heats only hot water, most bathroom heaters can be operated with electrical heating cartridges as needed. It is generally better to install radiators on the wall than on the floor because the floor covering remains continuous, which makes floors easier to clean. The installation process usually begins in solid construction after the building’s shell is completed. Once the pipes have been laid, the radiators and their mounting brackets are preinstalled for a heating system test. Before the heating system test, the heating system’s pressure must be tested to ensure that the pipes laid can withstand pressure and will not leak. The pipe system is filled with water, air or nitrogen and pressurised for a specific period. This allows testers to measure the pipes’ ability to withstand the pressure

Skirting board heating Skirting board heating or skirting board convection heating consists of pipes heated with hot water routed along skirting boards that release warm air through air vents at the top of the cladding. They are laterally ventilated and have a relatively low heat output.

Wall plaster In-wall heating systems consist of prefabricated heating elements, so-called heating grids or coils made of copper, steel or plastic capillary tubes, which are attached to the bare wall (concrete or brick), or more rarely to the interior insulation, and then plastered over. The heating grid may have to be surrounded with expanding metal mesh before plastering in order to prevent cracks forming. The plaster should be 25 – 35 mm thick. Gypsum, lime or

Temperature control heating Temperature control heating is often used in listed historic buildings or if an existing structure has been weakened by damp. Hot water pipes or electric heating cables are plastered into the skirting boards or side rails and around window reveals. This keeps the building’s shell at a con-

1 2 3 4 1

2

3

4

5

6

Floor covering Thin-bed mortar/ adhesive Screed Heating pipes

5 6 7 8

Sealing Insulation Floor or ceiling slab Dry screed

7

29 a

b

≥ 19 cm

≥ 45 cm

≥ 65 cm

8

c

49

Technology and construction

Recommended exhaust air flow volumes in m3/(m2·h) (acc. to VDI 6000, part 3) Month

Ventilation with windows open1) (Measured in minutes)

Room

Windowless rooms

Rooms with windows or doors opening outside

4–6

Toilet

30

20

8 – 10

Toilet vestibule

20

10

12 – 15

Toilet cubicle, barrier-free

30

30

May and September

16 –18

Changing room

10

No details

June to August

25 –30

Cleaning room

10

No details

Sanitary room

20

No details

December to February March and November April and October

31 1) Frequency: at least three or four times daily

30 a

and to check for leaks. After the test, the radiators are taken down again and may be given a double finishing coat. Wall and ceiling breaches are then closed, insulation installed, plaster applied and radiator niches painted, screed laid and walls and ceilings painted before all the radiators are finally installed and the floor covering is laid.

b

With roof ventilator

Installing ventilation Ventilation is particularly important in bathrooms and sanitary facilities, which are subject to high levels of humidity. A shower can release about 1.5 l of moisture per person into the air. This moisture, which collects on thermal bridges as condensation, can cause mould if ventilation is inadequate, which is why natural or mechanical ventilation of bathrooms is essential to prevent damage to structures. Ventilation also promotes wellbeing and enables users to eliminate unpleasant smells. Sanitary facilities in barrier-free housing and in public facilities with no windows for natural ventilation must have mechanical ventilation. Natural ventilation using windows

c

d

50

Using windows for natural ventilation – the exchange of air without ventilators – is the simplest form of ventilation. As well as offering natural lighting and a connection to the outside world with a view through the window, a relatively quick inflow of fresh air is usually a very pleasant experience. Air is, however, usually exchanged as required, and the frequency of ventilation depends heavily on the user’s ventilation habits. If not enough air is exchanged, mould can form, even in bathrooms with windows. In the winter months, the necessary ventilation periods are rarely complied with due to the cold outside air and high level of heat loss involved (Fig. 31). Supplementing natural ventilation with mechanical ventilation can

32

quickly improve a room’s climate. For reasons of comfort and because tenants’ ventilation habits cannot be controlled, many residential building owners rely on mechanically controlled ventilation, even in bathrooms with sufficient windows. Mechanical ventilation

Mechanical ventilation using ventilators has now become standard. The ventilators are usually operated with a time delay that regulates how long they operate and a hygrostat to control the relative humidity in the room. DIN 18 017 contains specifications on ventilating interior bathrooms and toilets without windows and prescribes an hourly rate of air exchange for the rooms. All interior bathrooms must be ventilated. Mechanical ventilation systems can be central (central house technology systems) or decentralised systems (roof or facade-integrated systems) (Fig. 30). Decentralised ventilation systems Decentralised ventilation systems take up less room because the equipment’s configuration eliminates the need for connections to a central unit, distribution shafts and ducts. Decentralised systems do, however, usually require more maintenance than central ones, and energy-saving solutions are harder to implement in decentralised systems. In practice, both systems are often combined to provide an optimum solution. Decentralised individual ventilation systems come in the form of individual room ventilators with their own exhaust vents or individual room ventilators with joint exhaust vents (Figs. 30 a and b). Backup mechanical ventilation is recommended for sanitary facilities that have windows to ensure a minimum air exchange. Central ventilation Central ventilation can ventilate interior

Technology and construction

20

Room

Electrical equipment standards acc. to RAL-RG 6781

15 Minimum equipment

30

10 – 30

Normal equipment

acc. to DIN 18 015-2

Superior equipment IuK

30

105

10

Bathroom

2

Toilet

1

1) 2) 3)

33

Preferable height for electrical cables Preferable height for switches and power points Installation zones 34

bathrooms through a joint exhaust vent and a central ventilator under or above the roof (Figs. 30 c and d). Only one exhaust element per residential unit is connected to a shared exhaust vent. Central ventilation works with a vacuum, which is why a supply of incoming air must be ensured by means of ventilation grilles or undercuts in doors. Volume flows, minimum volume flows DIN 18 017-3 specifies the basic ventilation technology and hygiene requirements and hourly air exchange (outgoing and incoming air) for toilets with no windows. Exhaust volume flows An air volume flow of 40 m3/h per day for a period of at least 12 hours must be ensured for windowless bathrooms, or if the volume flow can be stopped, a volume flow of 60 m3/h. In the latter case, it must be ensured that each time the flow is stopped a further 5 m3 of air is expelled by a ventilator or exhaust air valve. The exhaust volume flow for toilets must be at least half the figure given above. The figures shown can be reduced by half for facilities in use 24 hours a day in periods when less fresh air is required. Fig. 32 shows the exhaust volume flows recommended in the VDI (VDI 6000, part 3), which are hourly figures (m3/(m2·h). Incoming air volume flow DIN 18 017-3 stipulates that each room to be ventilated must have non-closing air vent opening with a free cross section of 150 cm2. Electrical installations Safety regulations governing electrical equipment serve primarily to protect people from electric shocks and are largely regulated in DIN VDE 0100, group 400.

4)

2 1

4 2

3 1

5 2

3

1

Minimum equipment

RuK 2

1

2

3

2

2

2) 3) 4)

2) 3) 4)

1

1

These figures apply to apartments ranging from 75 to 100 m2 in size and may have to be individually adjusted. additional power point for a ventilator, if individual ventilation is to be installed additional switches as well as general lighting with continued ventilation for a windowless toilet or bathroom additional electrical circuits for washing machines and clothes dryers that are not in the utility room Earthed power point Power point for lighting

IuK Telephone/data connection Power point for telephone /data media

RuK Radio/TV and data connection Power point for radio / TV

The moisture present in bathrooms and sanitary facilities means that there is a higher risk of harm from electrical equipment in such rooms. Safety zones

Sanitary facilities are classified into various hazard areas, so-called safety zones, numbered from 0 to 2 (see Safety zones, p. 77f.). The definition of the safety zones precisely specifies which kind of electrical equipment or devices can be installed in bathrooms. DIN VDE 0100-701 prescribes further protection and safety measures for bathrooms and additional residual current devices (RCDs), which measure the incoming and outgoing current and break it if there is a very slight difference between the two (residual operating current). Protective fault interrupter switches provide a very high degree of safety in the event of direct contact with live objects. The standard also describes measures to prevent direct and indirect contact with conductive objects in bathrooms. Here an additional connection to potential equalisation may be required to prevent dangerous contact with voltage in case of faults occurring in the insulation of main power lines. This involves connecting electrically conductive pipe and cable systems for gas, water, heating etc. to a main earthing terminal, which is in turn connected to foundation earthing in the ground that can dissipate any incoming current. Cable and wiring and junction boxes and distributors must have protective earthing conductors, may only supply electrical devices in the bathroom, and must be built at a depth of 6 cm in the wall. Power lines or switches supplying devices outside the room are not permitted in bathrooms. Power points can only be installed outside safety zones 0, 1 and 2, with the exception of power points for electric shavers with an isolating transformer in

30 Ventilation systems a Individual ventilation system with a shared main vent (single connection) b Individual ventilation system with a shared main vent (double connection) c Central ventilation system with a roof ventilator d Central ventilation system with a ventilator under the roof 31 Recommended window opening periods 32 Recommended exhaust air volume flows (acc. to VDI 6000, part 3) 33 Electrical cable installation zones in a room (acc. to DIN 18 015-3) 34 Electrical equipment ranges (acc. to RAL-RG 678 and DIN 18 015-2)

51

Technology and construction

1 4

1 2 3 4 5 6 36 7

35

Zone 2. The specifications in DIN VDE 0100-701 are standard, with slight variations, across Europe. Planning and laying electrical wiring

Electrical wiring is usually installed in circuits about 30 cm above the floor (Fig. 33, p. 51). Vertical branch lines run from the circuit to power points, switches and outlets. DIN 18 015-3 also allows for circuits laid 30 cm under the ceiling, although these are rarely built in practice. To enable cables hidden in the wall to be found subsequently, the standard prescribes so-called installation zones, which are divided into horizontal and vertical zones. Horizontal installation zones are 30 cm wide strips 15 – 45 cm under the ceiling cladding or above the upper edge of the finished floor or, for work surfaces in front of walls, 100 –130 cm above the upper edge of the finished floor. Vertical installation zones are 20 cm wide zones 10 – 30 cm from the edges of a building’s interior shell. Installation heights for power points and switches

Power points are installed 30 cm above the upper edge of the finished floor (space between axes, from the middle of the power point) or 115 cm above the upper edge of the finished floor near work surfaces, or 135–150 cm above the upper edge of the finished floor for built-in appliances. The maximum installation height for switches is 105 cm above the upper edge of the finished floor (space between axes, from the middle of the top switch), and for work surfaces 115 cm above the upper edge of the finished floor. Installations for wheelchair users represent an exception in this case, with installations 85 cm above the upper edge of the finished floor. Electricity cables are laid in installation systems as described below. 52

Edge insulation strips Insulation strips for decoupling Sound absorbing base plate Permanently elastic joint Partition (bathtub) Impact sound insulation Anti-vibration buffer a

Pipe installation Empty plastic ductwork (or steel for highpressure loads) is grouted into the building’s shell, so it is possible to subsequently change or replace cables. Empty ductwork must be planned at an early stage because laying it has an influence on the building’s shell. Riser cable installation Copper wires with plastic insulation are banded together next to each other with an additional sheath and laid in the plaster, which should be at least 4 mm thick. This kind of installation is less expensive than laying cables in empty ductwork but not as flexible. In this case, the pipe routing and thus the fitting and positioning of power points and switches only has to be determined after completion of the building shell but before plastering. Non-metallic sheathed cable installation This kind of installation is especially suitable for damp rooms because the copper pipes inside the sheath are filled with a plastic filling. They can be laid on walls, in walls and in plaster. A non-metallic sheathed cable installation is often used on wall surfaces in the renovation of old buildings. Equipment

Equipment plays a major role in planning the electricity supply for private bathrooms and sanitary facilities and should be taken into consideration at an early stage. Determining the number of power points is, for example, a frequent topic of discussion. Usually, extra power points can be easily and inexpensively integrated during the planning phase, but installing them subsequently can be very complex. Often completed walls have to be cut open, which makes a lot of mess and requires the services of various tradesmen (e.g. electricians, drywall

2

5

3

6

builders, painters). The range of equipment is regulated in DIN 18 015-2 and by the RAL (Deutsches Institut für Gütesicherung und Kennzeichnung) in RALRG 678. If the latter is used as a guideline, it must be agreed on separately (Fig. 34, p. 51). It is advisable to review the equipment standard in each case and perhaps adjust the number of power points accordingly. Fire protection Sanitary facilities must also comply with fire protection regulations (fire resistance classes). Breaches in ceilings and walls (e.g. ventilation ducts and water pipes) can facilitate the spread of fire and smoke, so they must be built to meet fire protection criteria and not weaken structural components. This sealing off (fireretardant sealing) is usually ensured by the use of classified installation walls (e. g. for shafts and ducts) or by installing pipes through ceilings with certified fire protection solutions, which require a general test certificate or general construction technical approval. A distinction is made between sectional insulation for non-combustible pipes and fire-resistant sleeves for combustible pipes (Figs. 38 and 39). Both individual components and complete systems consisting of a combination of all individually tested components are tested. Drains in floors are a starting point for running pipes through ceilings. They open into the next storey, so they pose a fire protection hazard. To stop smoke or fire from spreading through these weak points, drains in floors must be partitioned off with appropriate construction measures (firewalls or fireproof bulkheads). A properly installed fireresistant system includes a bulking agent that foams up at about 150 °C and prevents smoke or fire from penetrating the ceiling.

Technology and construction

1 4

5

2

6 7 b

37 a

Soundproofing Soundproofing is designed to protect the users of a building from noises coming from outside and from adjoining rooms. In Germany, the individual German state (Länder) building regulations set minimum structural soundproofing criteria. DIN 4109 contains binding regulations on the minimum soundproofing required between separate residential and working spaces. Depending on the medium through which the sound waves spread, a distinction is made between airborne sound and structure-borne sound. The resulting mechanical oscillations are measured in decibels (dB). Structureborne sound spreads through solid bodies with only slight loss and can only be prevented by decoupling individual structural components (see Structural soundproofing measures). It especially affects drainage and heating pipe systems. Sound waves spread into the air (airborne sound) become acoustically perceptible. Airborne sound can only be impeded by mass, such as a solid wall. Structural soundproofing measures

Rooms like bathrooms and kitchens that are connected to pipes and ducts that produce noise should be carefully posi-

38

tioned in the overall floor plan. Advantageous arrangements, such as bathrooms “stacked” vertically above each other or horizontal sequences of consecutive damp rooms interposed with other types of rooms, can greatly mitigate the spread of noise (Fig. 37). Noise caused by flowing water may be due to flow rates that are too high and can be carried by pipes. If a pipe directly touches a structural element, an “acoustic bridge” results and the sound is transmitted unimpeded. To prevent these, pipes must be decoupled from structural elements. Properly attached pipes use rubber-padded mounting clamps to provide this acoustic decoupling. Wall and ceiling breaches should be provided with an elastic lining layer. Improperly attached pipes that are rigidly connected to a structural element often make cracking noises due to thermal expansion. Sound absorbers for devices and systems such as boilers or pumps reduce the spread of sound.

b

walls and ceilings. To reduce noises from the installation of sanitary fittings, it must be ensured that they are decoupled from structural components. If sanitary fittings touch a structural element (unfinished ceiling or wall), they should be separated with insulation strips and permanently elastic joints. Sound-proofing sheaths, profiles and shims or similar means should be used to decouple wallmounted fittings (e.g. wall-mounted toilets, washbasins or shelves) (Figs. 35 and 36). It should also be noted that attachments that impede structure-borne sound might also interfere with necessary forcelocked and load-bearing connections.

Soundproofing for sanitary fittings The placing of objects on shelves and water flowing into and out of bathtubs or washbasins causes structure-borne sound, which is transferred to adjoining

39

35 Soundproofing measures for a washbasin and toilet: The use of soundproofing sleeves/profiles and washers to decouple units from the structure reduces the noise made by users. 36 Soundproofing measures for installing a bathtub: a on floating screed b on an unfinished ceiling 37 Structural soundproofing provided by careful floor planning: a bad structural-acoustic floor plan: shafts containing supply and drainage pipes adjoin the next room. b good structural-acoustic floor plan: kitchen and bathroom pipes use a shared shaft and do not adjoin the next room. 38 Fire protection sheaths on a drainpipe 39 Ceiling closure system

53

Sustainability

Sustainable construction is based on the interplay between ecology, economics and society. Economics combines all aspects that serve to meet demand, while ecology refers to an organism’s relationship to its environment and society includes all people actively participating in it. In 1987, the United Nations reacted to negative changes in the environment, climate and energy and resources use in a sustainable development report. Society’s responsibility to subsequent generations demands a balanced relationship between economic profit and careful treatment of the environment. The three criteria for evaluating a building’s sustainability, its ecological, economic and socio-cultural quality, are considered together over its entire life cycle, including during planning, construction, use and operation as well as dismantling of the building. Various sustainable measures can be and are being used in individual projects and buildings for bathrooms and sanitary facilities. New buildings that use the most modern technology in all areas usually offer greater potential and more synergetic effects for increasing and optimising efficiency and saving energy than existing buildings do. A building’s size and usage will also require a differentiated approach in choosing sustainable measures. The aim should always be to establish a balanced relationship between costs and benefits in each project. Not all structural and technical possibilities in different projects will necessarily enhance sustainability. In renovation projects in particular, relatively small changes and individual measures can often significantly improve the status quo. Certification and rating systems

Sustainable building development strategies apply in individual sites and regions, and there are various international certifi54

cation systems for rating the sustainability of new and existing buildings in different categories (e.g. residential, office / administration and storage buildings and infrastructure facilities). If a building is to be certified, it is advisable to involve an appropriate expert consultant during the planning process so that the way is paved for an optimum certification result during project development. The main certification systems are: • BNB: Bewertungssystem Nachhaltiges Bauen für Bundesgebäude (Assessment System for Sustainable Building) (D) • BREEAM: Building Research Establishment Environmental Assessment Method (GB) • CASBEE: Comprehensive Assessment System for Building Environmental Efficiency (Asia) • DGNB: The German Sustainable Building Council (Deutsche Gesellschaft für Nachhaltiges Bauen) certification system (D). • Green Building: European certification programme, no label system (EU) • Green Star: Sustainability rating and certification process that evaluates the environmental sustainability of nonresidential buildings (AUS) • HQE: Haute Qualité Environnementale (F) • LEED: Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (USA /CA) • Minergie / Minergie P (CH) Although all certification systems seek to improve the efficient use of resources, some of the evaluation criteria and approaches of the individual systems vary greatly. The DGNB certification system, for example, includes ecological criteria as well as economic and socio-cultural factors. Based on the entire life cycle and regional conditions and construction materials used, the system

allows for a holistic rating of sustainability. Evaluation categories are shown in Fig. 1. Criteria in the following categories, among others, play a role in certifying bathrooms and sanitary facilities, including their associated overall technical equipment and systems: environmentally friendly materials production, the environmental primary energy assessment, drinking water consumption and wastewater, the building’s life-cycle costs, flexibility and convertibility, barrierfree facilities, the adaptability of technical systems and ease of cleaning and maintenance. While the certification systems listed are applied to entire buildings or districts, there are special quality seals and labels for individual functional devices and structural components. The system for classifying the energy efficiency of electronics and household appliances has long since proven its worth. Introduced in 2011, the relatively new Water Efficiency Label (WELL) for rating sanitary taps and fittings (Fig. 2) is a product classification system of the European taps and fittings industry designed to promote sustainable water use. It rates water and energy consumption and the hygiene features of taps and fittings. Depending on the requirements, the following categories are used: “Home” for private homes (efficiency classes A – D), “Public” for public or commercial buildings (efficiency classes A – F) and “Upgrade” for upmarket applications and existing systems. WELL label classification applies for five years and can be extended for a further five years. Individual usage requirements and desired classifications must be coordinated at an early stage of planning to ensure compliance with defined quality standards in construction. Seeking higher levels of classification usually involves more complex technologies and

Sustainability

Social quality

Ecological quality

Site quality

Mustermann Bath-/Shower valve Double-handle valve Kama WD10004-20110101

Manufacturer: Product category: Type: Model: Registration number:

Economic quality

Process quality

Technical quality

Water Efficiency Criteria Flow rate > 6.0 l/min ≤ 9.0 l/min Controlled flow rate ≥ 4.0 l/min ≤ 6.0 l/min Flow-independent temperature setting Temperature limit / Cold water valve Self-closing valve Sensor valve

1

form the sun’s radiant energy into electricity and can be used to meet producers’ own electricity needs or be fed into the public power grid.

higher investment costs, so resulting effects on the amortisation periods of structural components must be taken into account. Like the WELL label for taps and fittings, there is also the Thermostatic Efficiency Label (TELL) for heater thermostats.

Biomass Biomass is organic material produced by living organisms. Crude oil, which also originally consisted of organic substances, is not biomass. Biomass is the basic raw material of the wood pellets burned in pellet heaters. Wind and water power Energy from wind and water has so far mainly been used in large plants to generate renewable electricity. Depending on the project or building size, smaller wind power plants can now also be installed on roofs to directly supply buildings. In inner-city and residential areas, such measures may, however, be problematic, and not only for reasons to do with design.

Renewable energies

Renewable energies, which are in almost unlimited supply in nature, include energy from the sun, wind and water as well as geo-thermal energy and biomass. Solar energy Energy from the sun’s rays can be used to generate heat (solar heat) and electricity (photovoltaic systems). Solar thermal systems in the form of solar collectors are often used to heat water as well as to supplement heating and domestic drinking water heating systems (Fig. 3). Because the sun does not continuously shine and storage is difficult, possible compensations in the form of a conventional heating system or pellet heating (see biomass) are usually required to ensure supply. Photovoltaic plants trans-

Economic quality Economic quality focuses on a building’s entire life cycle; the costs of creating the building, including land costs, planning, construction and installation costs; the costs of the building’s technical equipment; the costs of manufacturing outdoor installations, building fitting and services; and ancillary construction costs. Operating costs – i.e. all costs incurred as a result of use (use of materials, heating, water, electricity) – and maintenance costs (cleaning and care) are also rated. The effort involved in the clean separation of materials during demolition and the disposal and recycling of materials is also taken into account in the evaluation. A building’s cost effectiveness can be defined by evaluating these criteria. Maximum durability is an essential factor in sustainability, and many costs (such as the purchase of a PV plant) are recovered only many years after completion,

Geothermal energy (terrestrial heat) The heat stored in the Earth’s crust can be used for heating and cooling and electricity generation. The Earth’s crust has a very constant warm temperature and is always available.

Ecological quality “Ecological quality” refers to a sustainable use of resources, including reducing buildings’ energy consumption and protecting the environment, a subsequent usage concept for reducing land use and selecting appropriate building materials and structures for buildings. Fossil fuel energy sources (such as brown coal, hard coal, peat and oil) should be replaced by renewable energy sources; because when fossil fuels are burnt to generate energy, oxygenation occurs and the carbon dioxide (CO2) bonded in the material for centuries is again released. This is a major cause of global warming because burning releases more CO2 than is absorbed (by plants).

Information about use and installation: www.well-online.eu. A Label of EUnited Valves European Valve Manufacturers Association

2

1 2

3

Assessment categories of the German DGNB certification system The WELL label measures water and energy consumption and the hygiene features of sanitary taps and fittings. Use of solar radiation a domestic hot water heating b heating

Collector

Solar regulator

Solar regulator

Hot water

Water connection

Heating

Combined storage tanks

Buffer storage

3a

Hot water

Heat exchanger

Supplemental heating

b

Water connection

Heat exchanger

Supplemental heating

55

Sustainability

Ventilation

Ventilation

Ventilation fan

Drinking water Service water Grey water Black water

Grey water input

Permeate pump

Drinking water feed Recycling

Sink Washing Urinal Toilet machine Alternative Bathtub

Shower

Odour trap

Grey water system

Membrane filter

Garden watering Drinking In-floor drain water

Air input

Sewer system 4

5

so factors such as operating, maintenance and demolition costs are now increasingly important. Socio-cultural quality Socio-cultural quality is a term used to describe users’ appreciation of a building, which is a precondition for responsible treatment of it. Social values, such as the integration of people in their residential environment and quality of life, are taken into account in evaluating a building’s life cycle. Sustainability in private bathrooms and public sanitary facilities All the aspects that make up a building’s ecological, economical and socio-cultural quality are also important in the planning of private bathrooms and public sanitary facilities. As well as energy supply, technical equipment and the choice of materials and products, the awareness of users plays a major role. Responsible use of resources is reflected in daily use of the bathroom – even small adjustments or changes in habits can, in total, make a major contribution to saving energy. These could include switching off heating during airing, not leaving water running during teeth cleaning and soaping, and using a small volume of water to flush the toilet (stop function). Control and management technologies for technical systems, which are now well developed and increasingly frequently used, offer good options for boosting efficiency and saving energy in private and commercial or public buildings, although use of this technology also demands acceptance and a knowledge of the technology’s functionality from users. Construction materials

Construction and materials should preferably be chosen to be as durable as possible. The amount of energy required 56

to produce them should be as low as possible and the raw materials used be renewable or at least very durable. Short transport routes reduce energy consumption and are as much a feature of sustainable materials as is the possibility of reusing them after a building is dismantled. Sustainable building materials include locally produced wood and natural stone, loam render and mineralbonded materials (see Materials in bathrooms and sanitary facilities, p. 61ff.). Mainly mineral raw materials are used in the frequently used ceramic tiles. The exact material composition and energy consumed in the manufacturing process can vary greatly from product to product depending on the product’s desired properties. Depending on their origins, the energy used in producing natural stone slabs may be lower than that used for tiles because the end product does not have to be fired, dried and coated. Environmental assessment and carbon footprint

Germany’s environmental agency, the Umweltbundesamt, stipulates two basic principles that must be taken into account in drafting an environmental assessment: • “Inter-media consideration: All relevant potential adverse effects on environmental media such as soil, air and water must be taken into account. • Integrated materials flow consideration: All material flows connected with the system in question (use of raw materials and emissions resulting from preparatory and disposal processes, energy supply and generation and transport, and other processes) must be taken into account.” [1] The carbon footprint measures a single environmental impact, that of CO2 emissions, quantifying the CO2 a product emits, from its manufacture through to its recycling.

Emergency overflow

The life cycle of a product, in contrast, refers to its entire value-added chain, from raw material production through usage and up to disposal. Using water-saving technologies

Efficient installations that reduce drinking water consumption save water and contribute to sustainability. They include, for example, • Toilet cisterns with two buttons for different flush volumes • Shower and washbasin taps that reduce flow volumes by automatically adding air bubbles (up to 40 % less water consumption) • Taps that use infrared technology to stop the flow of water as soon as the user moves away from the tap (in larger/public sanitary facilities) • Digital taps with predefined individually adjustable programmes that prevent unnecessary water flows during the manual use of ordinary taps and fittings • Temperature limiters to reduce energy consumption • Ergonomically shaped bathtubs that minimise water consumption while offering a very high level of comfort • Toilets and urinals with optimised flushing to reduce the amounts of water required without impairing the quality of flushing and resulting cleanliness. Urinals that do not use water flushing are usually only used in large (public) sanitary facilities (Fig. 8). Using grey water and rainwater Purified grey water (slightly polluted, faeces-free wastewater), which comes from showering and hand-washing, and rainwater can be reused after filtering through a water recycling system (Figs. 4 and 7), which can reduce daily drinking water consumption to less than 60 l per person per day. Typical possibilities for use include toilet flushing, clothes washing,

Sustainability

Green: can be replaced with rainwater Blue: must be drinking water quality Toilet flushing 50 l

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

1 Showering, personal hygiene 57 l

12 11

13 8

Rainwater gutter Filter Rainwater storage tank Calmed inlet Overflow with odour trap Suction pipe Seepage or sewer connection Compact rainwater supply system Rainwater distribution Usage point Toilet Washing machine Drinking water feed

9

Clothes washing 20 l 6

10

Washing dishes 10 l Cleaning 7l

Watering Drinking, plants cooking 3l 3l

2

5 3

7

garden watering and cleaning purposes (Fig. 6). The range of available system technologies and components is large. Grey water and rainwater is purified without the use of chemicals. Depending on the system and manufacturer, further physical or biological processes may follow a mechanical process (Fig. 5). A combination of grey water and rainwater can also be used. Purified water and drinking water pipe systems must be kept strictly separate, which must be taken into account at an early stage of planning. Grey water and service water taps must be clearly labelled to prevent users confusing them with drinking water. The acquisition costs and amortisation period depend greatly on the size of the system and amounts of water treated. In assessing the size of the water tanks required for rainwater use systems, the roof area and the regional rainfall yield are important reference parameters. The advantage of grey water over rainwater is that it is available regularly and in calculable amounts. If the system technology is optimum, the residual heat of grey water can also be used to heat water. Rainwater is soft, so softening agents are not necessary and less washing detergent can be used for washing clothes. Grey water and rainwater is suitable for use not only in residential buildings, but also in commercial and public buildings.

Large quantities of water can be harvested on roofs with large surface areas (Fig. 12, p. 58). Composting toilets Composting toilets (also called humus, bark mulch or dry toilets) are waterless toilets used in the absence of a connection to public sewers, where it is extremely difficult to operate ordinary toilets. A fairly low-odour, economical and ecological alternative to chemical toilets, they are usually used in leisure and outdoor facilities such as camping sites, outdoor kindergartens or remote holiday houses. They employ well developed technology, although users need to use them differently to standard toilets for them to work properly (e.g. regularly refilling litter, emptying collection tanks, depending on the model perhaps also operating a stirring device etc.). Composting toilets are usually made of plastic. The space they take up, weight and price vary depending on the model and its equipment. The technology incorporates, among other things, a thermostat, stirring device, ventilator and liquid sensor (Fig. 9) and works either through composting (air exclusion) or fermentation (using lactobacilli). They use litter instead of water and no chemicals are used. The required frequency of emptying depends on the frequency of use

7 8

9

Integration of a grey water usage system Grey water recycling Potential savings resulting from replacing drinking water with rainwater (in litres) Diagram of a rainwater usage system Functioning of a waterless urinal Urine flows through the siphon and the section with the fragrance ring into the sealing liquid, which is lighter than the urine, so it floats on top of it, and the urine drains out. The sealing liquid seals the siphon and prevents unpleasant (sewer) smells from escaping. Structure of a composting toilet 8

Aluminium cap

Using other energy-saving technologies

Various technical structural components and devices can offer further potential savings apart from saving on water consumption, e.g. highly efficient electric, cool-air hand dryers that use filtered room exhaust air at high pressure to dry hands in a few seconds (see Hygiene and cost-effectiveness, p. 28) or sensor or movement sensorcontrolled lighting. Regular maintenance

Regular maintenance of structural components (dilapidated window seals or warped doors allow warm air to escape) and technical systems can reduce energy consumption. A defective toilet flush that permanently lets water run must be promptly repaired to reduce water consumption. Ventilation system filters must be regularly cleaned or exchanged to ensure that they function efficiently and meet hygiene requirements. During plan-

Thermostat / mains switch Ventilator

Fragrance ring Drain

Stirrer motor

Sealing fluid

Stirrer handle (for manual operation) (Stirrer) switch Faceplate

Mixing arm

Stirrer mechanism (mixing arm)

Compost tray

In-floor heating

Compost chamber

9

4

and storage capacity, while the disposal or recycling of remaining substances (liquid and composted) depends on local conditions. It can be disposed of in a garden, on fields or through the usual solid waste disposal infrastructure. Paper rots comparatively slowly so it is usually separately collected and disposed of.

Ventilation pipe 4 5 6

7

6

57

Sustainability

Hot water

Heating

Wooden pellets (2– 5 cm long, Ø 6 mm)

Delivery 10

11

ning it must be taken into account that, depending on the use of technical devices, the effort and cost involved in maintenance and thus ongoing costs can also increase. These added costs should be at least compensated for by lower energy consumption. Heating

As well as the still widely-used conventional heating systems that burn fossil fuels (oil, gas, coal), various effective heating systems are now available that are designed to use renewable energy sources. For private houses, for example, solar heat collectors and heat pumps are often combined with wood pellet furnaces (Fig. 11). A combined heat and power plant may be practical for projects that require more heat (from approx. 70 kW heat output) and electricity (Fig. 12). Combining heat and power generation considerably improves energy use, especially if conventional fuels are used. In-floor heating has long become standard in private bathrooms in new buildings. Conventional floor heating of the type built since the 1970s (heating pipes filled with water laid in screed) heat by means of exposed radiators or electrical panel heating directly under floor coverings. Floor heating operates at much

Louvers for refracting light to the north

Wood pellet boiler

Combined Water storage tanks connection

room temperatures compared with conventional individual radiators. Hand towel dryers and warmers have proven their value in private bathrooms of various kinds. Designed to be fullyfledged radiators for heating rooms, they are usually connected to the building’s central heating system or may provide temporary comfort as electric appliances (Fig. 13). Systems engineering

Systems engineering plays a major role in the overall energy concept and can contribute to reducing overall energy consumption. Improving energy efficiency is important for systems providing drinking water, ventilation and air conditioning and electrical systems, compressed air supply systems and other, use-specific systems. Thermal comfort and cosiness Humidity, the velocity of air movements and room temperature in interiors are essential to thermal comfort. The temperatures of surrounding surfaces should be as consistent as possible to prevent air from moving too quickly (draughts). Room temperatures of 20 to 23 °C are recommended for bathrooms, although individual perceptions of comfort can

Sun protection louvers

Photovoltaic system Rainwater

Freeze Thawing protection rink ice grooming

Waste heat

Waste heat

CHP

Hot water, shower, Heating ice maintenance

Heating for the pool hall incl. pool and sauna

Bathing and Toilets, ice, swimming water, bathing and bistro, ice mainte- swimming nance, water showers Water supply Watering

Freezer unit

58

Screw conveyor

lower flow temperatures than radiators (approx. 35 instead of 50 – 80 °C). The right system can now be chosen from a wide range of panel heating systems for different circumstances (new or old building etc.) and requirements. Plastic has become established as a pipe material for systems that heat water (although copper and steel may also be used), and many flooring options are available (e.g. installation in cement, wet or dry screed or entirely without screed; Fig. 10). Depending on their construction, surfaces take varying lengths of time to heat up, ranging from about 1.8 (dry screed, not very thick) to 3.4 hours. Electrical mats installed directly under the floor covering are especially thin and can be useful in renovations or retrofitting. Electric panel heating systems reach their operating temperature much faster, so they provide heat more quickly. The cost of operating electrical systems is, however, much higher than the cost of using systems that heat water, because of the electricity used. Electric heating, therefore, is more suitable as a temporary supplement to conventional radiators. Panel heating (in the floor, wall or ceiling) radiates heat evenly, so it provides a much higher level of comfort at lower

Diffuse northern light for lighting

Ventilation

Electricity Gas 12 Water

Storage room

Profitable sale and own use Well water

Sustainability

10 Hot water, in-floor heating system. No screed is necessary, which saves time and costs. Layers (from top to bottom) • tiles/natural stone on a thin bed of mortar • self-adhesive decoupling mat • heating pipe • laminated aluminium heat conduction plate • EPS insulation slab (26 mm) 11 Wood pellet heating showing delivery, storage, combustion, energy storage and use 12 Complete energy usage concept combining various systems (CHP, photovoltaics), use of waste heat for various internal building systems, use and combination of various water sources (drinking, rain and well water); indoor swimming pool and ice rink in Cologne (D) 2011, Schulitz Architektur + Technologie 13 The hand towel dryer is connected to the central heating system. It can be heated with electric heating cartridges in periods when the central heating is off (summer).

13

differ. The actual temperature is perceived as much higher if humidity levels are high. In air-conditioned rooms, relative humidity perceived as comfortable is usually at 45 – 55 %. 41 °C is regarded as a pleasant water temperature for a bath. As well as comfort, energy consumption should also be taken into account. Baths use three times as much water as showers on average. The lower the temperature, the lower the energy consumption. It is advisable to air rooms with natural ventilation regularly by opening the windows. Brief, very intensive airing is preferable for interior bathrooms without sufficiently powerful exhaust ducts. A frequent change of air – regardless of whether it is achieved by natural means or a ventilation system – is essential to good air quality but at the same time means higher energy consumption if the air has to be subsequently reheated or cooled. Daylight, materials that feel pleasant (see Materials, p. 61ff.), maintenance of privacy, safety and hygiene, protection of health and general user friendliness are all essential to users’ well-being and comfort as well. Standards and guidelines notwithstanding, the individual tastes of users should always be taken into account. Automatic (digital) control of taps, fittings and objects (e.g. flushing, ventilation, lighting), which is now increasingly popular, can help save resources but must be accepted by users. Depending on the project’s requirements and size, many technical systems can now be automatically controlled and regulated. Feedback systems permanently coordinate the various components and their settings with each other to achieve optimum room conditions as well as maximum energy efficiency. New commercial and public buildings are already achiev-

ing high levels of automation with complex control and regulation technologies that cover all the technology in the building. A wide range of these technical automation and remote control options are also available for private and residential buildings. Depending on the extent of the automation desired, the investment costs in proportion to building size and total budget can still be quite high, so far reserving the use of these technologies almost exclusively to more expensive houses and apartment buildings. So-called zero energy, energy-plus or low-energy houses make use of control technologies and automation in varying degrees depending on their overall concept. Aesthetics and durability The use of high-quality, durable materials in bathrooms and sanitary facilities is another essential factor in sustainable building. Architectural quality entails durability, which is a major aspect of sustainability. Well-planned bathrooms retain their range of uses, and if maintained appropriately, will not have to be renovated as often. Barrier-free bathrooms bear this out because users of various ages and abilities will be able to use them in the long term. This makes building and providing barrier-free sanitary facilities an essential feature of a sustainable, socially inclusive society.

[1] Translation based on: www.umweltbundesamt.de/themen/wirtschaftkonsum/produkte/oekobilanz, retrieved on 23.07.2014

59

60

Materials in bathrooms and sanitary facilities

The choice of materials in bathrooms and sanitary facilities has a decisive influence on the room’s overall effect. Atmosphere and comfort, light reflections, colour and function are essentially determined by the material chosen. Users perceive contact with material surfaces as warm or cold, rough or smooth, soft or hard, which influences the room’s overall concept. As well as impinging on users’ senses, materials must meet demands such as water resistance, hygiene, care and maintenance, robustness, safety, durability and aesthetics. Higher traffic in public sanitary facilities means that they have to meet demands different from those made on private bathrooms. Their materials need to be more resistant to water and cleaning agents, easy to clean and low-maintenance. As well as technical demands, the aesthetics of materials and options for working with and processing them play a major role in planning. The range of materials available for use in bathrooms is becoming increasingly comprehensive. Products and their finishing and surface treatments are undergoing constant technical development, and the range of colours available is permanently expanded to keep up with current trends. Natural and artificial stone and ceramic tiles are among the primary materials used in bathrooms due to these materials’ properties, although wood and wood products, concrete, glass, metal and plastics are being increasingly frequently used. The choice of suitable materials and types of processing are decisive factors in ensuring the functionality, durability and aesthetics of a bathroom or sanitary facility. General material properties Resistance to water, heat and fading, hygiene, hardness, workability, surface

finish, feel and colour are specific material properties that play an important role in bathroom planning (Fig. 22, p. 71).

slipping due to large quantities of slippery substances usually require a larger displacement area.

Surface finishes and porosity

Robustness and stability

A material’s surface finish and porosity are directly linked with hygiene, cleaning and slip resistance. Homogeneous, nonporous, smooth, largely seamless materials, which do not offer a breeding ground for bacterial or mould growth and can be easily and thoroughly cleaned, are best from a hygienic point of view. At the same time, surface finishes need to be slipresistant and the smoother a surface, the less slip-resistant it is.

A material’s robustness and stability are directly linked with its durability and maintenance. In high-traffic areas such as in public sanitary facilities, but also in private bathrooms, planners should ensure that materials are hard, scratch and impact-proof and resist wear and tear to ensure that they are durable. Material of a certain thickness may also be required. The thickness of wood or composite materials, such as laminates, can considerably determine how robust the material is and how often it can be sanded.

Slip resistance

Many accidents begin with stumbling, slipping or falls, so floor coverings that remain slip-resistant, even if covered with slippery substances such as water, sand, oil and soap, play an essential role in preventing accidents. Testers assess slip-resistant properties for the purposes of DIN 51130 by walking on a sloping floor. The German BG rule (Berufsgenossenschaftliche Regel) 181 prescribes slip-resistant properties for public spaces. There are no specific requirements for private bathrooms, although tiles here have the same characteristics as those in public sanitary facilities, so slip resistance should also be taken into account in private bathrooms. Anti-slip classes (Rutschsicherheitswerte) range from R9 to R13, with R9 representing the lowest and R13 the highest slip resistance (Fig. 1, p. 62). As well as anti-slip classes, a V-value describes the size of the displacement area (Fig. 2, p. 62). A floor covering’s displacement area is the space left open in a floor’s uppermost surface, e.g. spaces between ridges. Floor coverings in workspaces and areas that pose a high risk of

Working properties

The feasibility of certain design concepts can depend on the processing properties of materials. Hard materials, such as natural stone, are less suitable for creating organic or fluid forms, which can be created by using malleable materials such as mineral materials or laminated moulded plywood. Large-format, hard stoneware tiles are usually less suitable for modelling surfaces with small recesses for subsequent installations because they are harder to cut than small standard tiles. Choosing materials The choice of materials has a major influence on a room’s overall effect. Warm materials like wood make a room look cosy, while light colours create an impression of space (see General design principles, p. 69). Various criteria for the selection of the most important materials for designing private bathrooms and public sanitary facilities are presented on the following pages. 61

Materials in bathrooms and sanitary facilities

Assessment group

Type of space /usage

R9

E.g. in general, public areas, interiors (offices)

R 10

Public toilets, changing and washrooms

R 11

Entries to shops, outdoor stairs and in large-scale kitchens, e.g. in residential homes or day-care facilities for children

R 12

Hospital kitchens and kitchens in which more than 100 meals are prepared daily

R 13

Floor coverings in abattoirs, all production facilities etc.

1 Natural stone

Natural stone has developed into a hard, mineral material over billions of years. Most types of stone are silicates (whose main constituents are feldspar and quartz), while only a small percentage of them are carbonates. A generic distinction is made between natural stone, ashlars and quarry stone. From an economic point of view, natural stone is all stone found in nature, while natural stone that has been treated by hand or machine is also called ashlar. Unhewn natural stone, which is extracted from large walls of rock, is referred to as quarry stone. Natural stone is a sustainable building material because it is durable, long-lasting and has a good ecological balance. It is a “living”, naturally produced building material, and very little energy is used in its production, with its extraction and processing using comparatively low levels of energy. Its compressive strength and resistance to wear and tear means that it is tough, non-flammable, antiallergic, hard, robust and often available as a local building material. Natural stone’s appearance varies in colour and vibrancy, its patterning ranging from homogeneous to very vibrant. Each stone is unique. Hard and soft stone is differentiated by means of the tools that can be used to work the stone. Ordinary knives leave no scratches on hard stone such as granite. The shine on a stone’s surface depends on its polish. It can be matte and uneven, or polished until it is smooth and glossy. It should be noted, however, that the finer the polish is, the less slip-resistant the surface will be (see Slip resistance, p. 61). Stone and stone slabs are also heavy, so the substratum on which they are installed must be suitable for them. Natural stone is classified according to its development. Magmatic stone (e.g. gran62

ite, basalt, porphyroid granite), consists of the deposited products of weathered, formerly molten minerals (magma, lava); sedimentary rock (e.g. sandstone, limestone, slate) is created by diagenetic processes, while metamorphic stone is the product of recrystallisation due to increased localised pressure and temperatures (so marble develops out of limestone and quartzite from quartz sands). These three main groups can also be classified according to their places of origin. Magmatic stone – e.g. granite Magmatic stone (migmatite) is made of formerly molten minerals, magma and lava. They are subdivided into plutonic igneous rock, volcanic (extrusive) rock and dykites. Granite is a plutonic igneous rock, basalt is a volcanic rock and porphyroid granite is a dykite. Granite is a fine to coarse-grained plutonic igneous rock. The finer its grain, the greater its compressive and flexural strength. Its crystals are large. Embedded, directionless minerals can modify its colour, giving its ordinary light to darkgrey colouring a reddish or yellowish, black in some cases and, more rarely, blue or greenish tint. Sedimentary rock – e.g. limestone Sedimentary rock is subdivided into siliciclastic sedimentary, chemical sedimentary and biochemical sedimentary rock. Siliciclastic sedimentary rock includes sandstone, breccia, siltstone, claystone and clay shale. Chemical sedimentary rock includes limestone, dolomite brick, gypsum/anhydrite, rock salt, potash and magnesium salts. Biochemical sedimentary rock includes chalk, shale, coal, lydite and phosphorite. Sedimentary stone consisting mainly of calcium carbonate is called limestone. The formation, appearance and proper-

Materials in bathrooms and sanitary facilities

1 2 Description of the displacement space

Minimum volume of the displacement space [cm3/dm2]

V4

4

V6

6

V8

8

V 10

10

2 The displacement space of gratings is always V 10.

ties of limestone are diverse. It is usually light to dark-grey in colour, although the presence of other minerals frequently gives it reddish and yellowish colours. Solnhofen slab limestone is one of the hardest forms of limestone. It is very dense, its naturally rough or polished surface is slip-resistant and its robustness means that, like Jura marble, it can be used for heavily used floors. Calibrated natural stone Solnhofen slabs (of exactly the same thickness) can be laid with a natural stone adhesive. It is advisable to lay non-calibrated slabs in a mortar bed. Solnhofen limestone slabs are suitable for use with in-floor heating. Like many types of limestone, it is sensitive to acid, so it should be cleaned with stone soap. Metamorphic stone – e.g. marble Metamorphic stone forms under high pressure or temperature, which transforms the stone’s mineral composition. Marble develops out of limestone and quartzite from quartz sand. Mica slate, serpentinite, hornfels and talc slate are also metamorphic. Marble is sensitive to acid, and some types are highly absorbent. Visible marks of use, blotches caused by acidic cleaning agents and matte surfaces are sometimes regarded as undesirable, but sometimes also as patina. Marble’s colours range from white through yellowish, greenish and reddish up to brownish and greyish. Marble tiles 1 to 1.2 cm thick are usually calibrated and chamfered and can be finished with various surfaces such as polished, sanded, patinated or tumbled. Natural stone in bathrooms

Blocks of natural raw stone are usually cut into 2, 3 or 4 cm thick slabs in stonemasons’ workshops and if no other surface finish is desired, subsequently smoothed and polished in automated

3

4

Slip resistance classes R9 – R13 (in accordance with BGR 181) Classification of displacement space specifications for minimum displacement space volumes (in accordance with BGR 181) Roughened beige marble from Croatia in a bathroom, chalet in Cortina (I) 2005, Tiberio Cerato Architetto a Washbasin with rough surface; surfaces that need to be cleaned are additionally sanded b Pointed wall and floor surfaces in the shower Finely sanded marble floor (Pietra Grey) in the spa area of a hotel in Munich (D) 2012, Guggenbichler Netzer Architekten

production lines and cut to size. Thin natural stone slabs less than 1 cm thick are also called natural stone tiles. The precision of their dimensions means that they can be laid even where another floor covering, such as laminate, was originally planned or where floors are not thick enough, which is often the case in renovations. Here, the laying of natural stone tiles in a thin bed of mortar is fast, inexpensive and requires the use of only a little water. Natural stone tiles are also a good floor covering in terms of fire safety. Natural stone is basically perceived as a cool because stone warms and releases heat only slowly. This makes it an ideal floor covering over in-floor heating, especially in private bathrooms. Natural stone is used mainly only in more prestigious public sanitary facilities because it costs more than many other materials. Natural stone is generally very robust and hard-wearing, although every kind of natural stone has specific properties. Impregnation notwithstanding, not all kinds are entirely suitable for wet areas in bathrooms. Stone’s chemistry can be affected by care products and cleaning agents. Some types withstand alternating wet and dry conditions better than others. 3 b Flowing water or steam can flush mineral substances out of stone and cause discolouration. If ventilation is inadequate, there is also a risk of a microbiological infestation by mould and bacteria. The denser the stone and smaller its pore space, the less water or steam can penetrate it and the more suitable it will be for use in bathrooms. Among granites, Padang Hell and Bianco Cristall, for example, are not recommended for use in wet areas without protective treatment, while Balmoral and Rosa Beta are regarded as very suitable and sturdy. Surfaces can be treated and maintained with a colour intensifier or impregnation, 4 63

Materials in bathrooms and sanitary facilities

5

Various manual and machine surface treatments of natural quarried stone: • Coarse processing methods: a Naturally rough cleavage face, e.g. Solnhofen slab The stone, which develops in layers, can be cut with quarrying tools into layers to provide naturally rough surfaces. Schistose stone, such as Alta quartzite or Solnhofen slabs, is often processed in this way. b Pointing, e.g. limestone (coarsely pointed): The stone surface is treated with a pointed hammer and coarsely or finely pointed depending on the kind of blows struck. The entire surface is treated in this way. 5a b c d c Grooving, e.g. limestone Here the surface is grooved with a drove chisel, which cuts parallel ridges into the which emphasises the stone’s natural hammering, pointing, grooving, flaming) stone. This roughens the surface and can colour and gives it a slightly shiny “wet” or naturally rough surfaces are used if a be used to increase its slip resistance. d Bush-hammering, e.g. limestone look. Before application, a comparable particular surface is desired for aesthetic Natural stone surface is worked with a bush effect can be simulated for purposes of reasons or if increased slip resistance is hammer, a tool like a meat mallet. The size of its pyramid-shaped teeth determines the dedemonstration by wiping the surface required. For slip-resistant floor tiles, the gree of slip resistance. Matte, rough surfaces with a damp sponge. Impregnating stone surface is often created by treating the worked with bush hammers with 3 mm teeth surfaces protects the stone without stone with heat and flame, blistering off are described as finely bush-hammered. Stone surfaces worked in this way form slipchanging its colour and shine. Impregnathe stone’s top layer to create a rough, resistant floor coverings. tion is not visible, but it penetrates the uneven structure. Surfaces can also be e Diamond saws, e.g. limestone Diamond-edged saw blades can create stone’s pores and causes water to bead treated with a bush hammer with pyraa relatively fine surface. Traces of sawing off its surface. mid-shaped teeth and roughened to variremain visible. In contrast to hard stone, crystallisation ous extents. f Flame treatment, e.g. granite The extremely hot temperatures emitted by can make already laid and polished a flame thrower used in flame treatment Artificial stone limestone or marble (carbonate) slabs destroy crystalline stone’s surface structure. This kind of surface treatment can only be Artificial stone is stone that is not natural more slip-resistant. The surface is first used on quartziferous types of stone. The but is artificially or industrially manufaccleaned thoroughly, roughened with steel stone slab must be thick enough to withtured. This type of stone is classified wool and, after application of an emulstand it. g Sandblasting, e.g. granite according to its composition into mineral sion, high-gloss polished. This produces Sandblasting can be used to produce rough materials, engineered stone and cement a reaction in the stone that considerably surfaces. Varying the abrasive and exit speed of abrasive particles used can probonded materials. Artificial stone has hardens a stone floor yet leaves it duce different rough surfaces.

unsealed and able to “breathe”.

6

7

64

• Fine processing methods: h Sanding, e.g. granite Stone’s colour and texture is clearly visible under finely sanded surfaces. Particle sizes ranging from C30 (coarse) up to C500 (fine) are available. Very finely sanded surfaces are easy to clean but also smooth, so not slip-resistant and not suitable as floor coverings, especially in wet areas and places where people walk barefoot. i Polishing, e.g. granite Polishing (using polishing powder) deepens the colour and determines the degree of shine of a natural stone surface. Floors exposed to high traffic are often only sanded, not polished, partly to prevent slipping and partly because the polish can wear off quickly, making the surface costly to maintain. Very porous natural stone (Travertine, some types of sandstone) is difficult or impossible to polish because of its relatively weak grain bonding. j Chemical etching, e.g. marble Chemical etching with acids can be used in fine processing to achieve slip resistance class R9, even on a relatively smooth surface. The acids used are toxic and react in different ways with different kinds of natural stone. They can, for example, cause discolouration. Bathroom washbasin element made of acrylicbonded mineral material, office building in Hamburg (DE) 2010, Richard Meier + Partners Bathroom made of acrylic-bonded mineral material, hotel in Madrid (ES) 2005, Zaha Hadid (see Examples of projects p. 103)

Treating the surface of natural stone Natural stone surfaces, rough and uneven after quarrying, can be modified and treated in various ways with diamondtipped tools. Depending on whether it is being used on a wall or floor, specific surface treatments can meet different usage and appearance requirements. A surface’s smoothness is directly related to its slip resistance (Fig. 1, p. 62). The finer the polish, the less friction there is and the greater the risk that people will slip on the surface. Surface treatments for natural stone can be classified into rough and fine processing techniques (Fig. 5). Cleaning issues (the rougher the surface, the harder it is to clean) mean that now almost exclusively fine processing techniques are used to create natural stone surfaces in bathrooms and sanitary facilities (sanding /polishing, chemical etching). Smoother surfaces that are easy to clean usually fit in better with the aesthetic design wishes of planners and clients. Coarse processing methods (bush-

been used in the construction industry since around 1900, but only in the past 50 years have its technical properties been further developed so that it can now be described as a high-tech material. In contrast to natural stone, artificial stone has a huge range of colours, is colourtrue and can be precisely reproduced. Mineral materials are essential in the design of private bathrooms and public sanitary facilities. They meet a wide range of needs because they combine the positive properties of being non-porous and water resistant, while their material properties give designers wide-ranging freedom. Mineral materials can be stuck together almost without joints, moulded at controlled temperatures and worked with wooden tools. Engineered stone Engineered stone contains a high proportion of natural minerals, consisting of about 90 % of natural quartz powder, and is bonded with resin, usually polyester, or with epoxy or acrylic resin. The addition of coloured pigments or effect particles

Materials in bathrooms and sanitary facilities

e

f

g

such as glass or glitter crystals determines the appearance of engineered stone. It is made in kilns. The mass is poured into a lined form and solidified. Heating polymerises the mass, so it can be worked like natural stone when it is cool. Engineered stone is very hard, scratch-proof, easy to clean and care for, non-porous (thus very hygienic), and resistant to water, moisture and heat up to around 160 °C. Mineral materials Mineral materials, also called “solid surface”, were developed in the 1960s and are pleasant and warm to touch with a velvety surface. Mineral materials comprise about 65 –75 % natural minerals bonded with acrylic or polyester resin (their composition varies from manufacturer to manufacturer) and colour pigments to form a composite material, so they are divided into acrylic-bonded and polyester-bonded mineral materials. The advantage of acrylic-bonded mineral materials is that they are easier to mould. Acrylic resin also makes the material light-fast, while UV stabilisers have to be added to polyester-bonded mineral materials. Mineral materials are not as hard and scratch-resistant as engineered stone but are lighter, and their material properties offer a far greater range of design possibilities (Fig. 7). As their surfaces are very robust, nonporous and homogeneous, they are very hygienic and easy to care for and prevent microbial growth. They do not absorb water and steam and can be stuck together to form seamless surfaces. Acrylic resin-bonded mineral materials in particular can be mechanically worked with wooden tools, heat-moulded in three dimensions and poured. Depending on their colour and thickness, they can also be lit from behind. Mineral materials are not only used in

h

i

slab form. In sanitary facilities, their material properties make it possible to implement holistic and consistent design concepts and spatial solutions with objects such as bathtub-shower combinations, prefabricated wet room units, interior objects or individual mineral materials washbasins (Figs. 6 and 7). Architects no longer have to think in terms of single objects for washbasins and bathtubs, which often result in standard solutions, but can plan homogeneous, individualised bathroom “landscapes” that are “all of a piece”. Planners planning to use mineral materials in heavily used, hightraffic public sanitary facilities should keep in mind that the material is not nearly as hard as natural or engineered stone. Shallow scratches in the surface, which are largely unavoidable in everyday use, can be easily removed with suitable sponges or sanding tools, although this may impact the surface’s shine and make it necessary to treat the entire unit. Mineral materials are only recommended for use as floor coverings if they are not walked on with outdoor shoes. Hard particles, such as small stones that can be deposited on their surface and rubbed in under pressure, can cause unsightly and clearly visible scratches in them.

6

j Screeds, cement-bonded materials

Screeds are layers of mortar that usually carry another floor covering, but with appropriate sealing and/or coating, they can also be used as flooring without another covering (Fig. 8, p. 66). Screeds are classified according to their bonding agents into cement screed (CT), mastic asphalt screed (AS), synthetic resin screed (SR), calcium sulphate screed (CA) or magnesium screed (MA). Depending on their surface treatment, the slip resistance of cement screeds is classified in classes ranging from R9 (smoothed with a power trowel) to R13 (broom finish) (see Slip resistance, p. 61). Cement screeds offer stability and good grip, are highly resistant to wear and tear, withstand high and low temperatures equally well, and are not sensitive to moisture. The minimum thickness of screed on an insulating layer under a natural stone and ceramic floor covering is 45 mm. These kinds of screeds are identified with an “F” for floating or “H” for heating. Cement screeds can be dyed by adding colour pigments to them. Surface cement paste can also be sanded off to expose the colour and form of stone aggregates. Floors made in this way

7

65

Materials in bathrooms and sanitary facilities

8

9

resemble far more expensive terrazzo floors. Surface treatments in the form of sealing or impregnation, with epoxy resin for example, are advisable for polished screeds. Expansion, edge and contraction joints must be incorporated into screed panels longer than about 8 ≈ 5 m to prevent cracks forming. Ceramic tiles

In private bathrooms and hotels, the trend is now for ceramic tiles in increasingly large formats (Fig. 10). In contrast to public sanitary facilities, where standard tiles are still widely accepted because of

10

66

their low price, perceived timelessness and easy laying and handling, standard 15 ≈ 15 cm size white tiles are now rarely installed in private bathrooms and hotels. Ceramic tiles are made mainly of clay and mineral aggregates such as quartz, kaolin and feldspar. Depending on their purpose, calcite, dolomite, fluorspar, and chamotte or fireclay can also be added to them. They are characterised by hardness and robustness. Ceramic tiles can be earthenware, stoneware or porcelain stoneware. The finer and less porous the ceramic is, the denser they are and the better their mechanical stability and solidity.

Materials in bathrooms and sanitary facilities

8 Smoothed cement bathroom floor sealed with epoxy resin, Cologne (D) 2012, ultramarine, with Ivo Beucker 9 Shower wall with a smoothed synthetic resin surface, spa in Kortrijk (B) 2011, R U I M architectuur 10 Large-format, unglazed ceramic floor and wall tiles with flame-treated surface 11 Large-format porcelain stoneware tiles in a shower niche (wall: 60 ≈ 120 cm, floor: 90 ≈ 90 cm), house in Bochum (D) 2011, Steinrücke FSB 12 Mosaic tiles in a private bathroom, house in Binningen (CH) 2009, Buchner Bründler Architekten 13 Creative use of joints. The thin lines on the tiles have the same thickness as the joints and span like a net over the tiled surface. Single-family house in Sollentuna (S) 2013, Claesson Koivisto Rune Architects (see Examples of projects, p. 108f.)

After firing at 950 –1,150 °C, earthenware is more than 10 % water-absorbent. It is not frost-resistant, is relatively porous and requires glazing. Stoneware, in contrast, is fired at 1,150 –1,300 °C, absorbs less than 3 % water and is frost-resistant. It is dense enough to be dyed and does not have to be glazed. Dyeing has the advantage that damage to the surface is generally not as visible as damage to glazed stoneware tiles. After firing at 1,200 –1,300 °C, porcelain stoneware absorbs very little water, less than 0.5 %, and is frost-resistant. Porcelain stoneware is often used in public and high-traffic facilities because of its extremely low porosity, high tensile strength and good resistance to wear and tear. Appropriate surface structures can make it highly slip-resistant, up to R13, V4. Porcelain stoneware tiles are made in sizes up to 1.20 ≈ 1.20 m and larger (Fig. 11). As well as large-format tiles, very small mosaic tiles are often used (Fig. 12), which are tiles ranging in size from 1 ≈ 1 cm and 2 ≈ 2 cm through 5 ≈ 5 cm (medium-sized mosaic tiles) and up to 10 ≈ 10 cm. Mosaic tiles are especially suitable for tiling curves in bathrooms. Small mosaic tiles can be supplied as mats and laid like fabric around curves. All tile sizes (nominal dimensions) refer to measurements from centre-joint to centre-joint, so a 10 ≈ 10 cm tile with a 3 mm joint in fact measures 9.7 ≈ 9.7 cm because half a joint is added around it. Joints and joint materials

Joints form a powerful bond between individual tiles and compensate for their size tolerances. Joints are important for hygienic reasons because they form a closed, relatively impervious surface between the tiles. A distinction is made between the cement, flexible, epoxy resin and quick-drying grouting used for differ-

ent requirements. Joint widths can vary depending on the tile and desired aesthetic, and coloured pigments can be added to harmonise the joint with the colour of the tiles or to create a deliberate contrast (Fig. 13). Depending on their impregnation and treatment, joints are usually not as hard and non-porous as the other surfaces often used in bathrooms and are more sensitive to dirt and moisture absorption. A large proportion of joints in a surface can increase the time and cost involved in care and maintenance. In public sanitary facilities in particular, care must be taken to use the right grouting material (such as epoxy resin, which is robust and stands up well to the wear and tear of cleaning) and to avoid a large proportion of joints, otherwise accumulations of urine in more porous grouting can cause bad smells.

11

Wood and wood composites

Wood consists of 40 – 50% cellulose, 20 – 30% hemicelluloses, 20 – 30% lignin and up to 10 % additional extractive substances such as ash. Wood creates a warm, cosy atmosphere in a room and can help designers create comfortable bathrooms as part of good design con- 12 cepts (Fig. 15, p. 68). Wood absorbs and releases humidity, so it can help regulate a room’s climate. Wood’s porosity gives it good insulation properties and a pleasant surface temperature. Its density, stability, colour and patterning depend on the type of tree it came from. Conifers, such as Douglas firs, spruces, pines and larches, grow faster than deciduous trees, such as maples, beeches, oaks and teak, so their timber is less expensive. As well as solid wood products, wood composites have been developed and used for over 50 years. These consist of wood chips that are bonded with mineral bonding agents or adhesives to form 13 67

Materials in bathrooms and sanitary facilities

14 Concrete washbasin, Kunstmuseum Ravensburg (D) 2012, Lederer Ragnarsdóttir Oei 15 The entire bathroom is made of walnut and veneer, Munich (D) 2009, Unterlandstättner Architekten 16 Brass washbasin; club in the basement of a hotel in Berlin (D) 2010, Studio Karhard 17 Wall cladding and washbasin made of solid core HPL panels; attic conversion in Berlin (D) 2012, Thomas Bendel 18 Coloured glass shower partition, hotel in Shanghai (CHN) 2010, Neri & Hu Design and Research Office 19 Toilet partitions and doors of etched glass covered with a scratchproof, light-green screen printed foil. Konzerthaus Berlin (D) 2009, Beer Architekten

14

planks. The best-known wood composites are multi-layer boards, laminated veneer lumber, veneered plywood (over 12 mm thick also called Multiplex), particle board, oriented strand board (OSB) and medium density fibreboard (MDF). Wood’s ability to regulate moisture means that it can be used in private and public bathrooms and sanitary facilities as long as the wood is properly protected. Timber preservatives penetrate deep into the wood and protect it from excess moisture. Otherwise, if the wood’s moisture content reaches more than 20%, water accumulates in the cell lumen, which can favour

fungal growth and cause the wood to disintegrate. Wood is only recommended as an oiled floor covering if it is not exposed to permanent soaking. Such floors require regular care and maintenance if users walk on them barefoot. It should also be noted that wooden bathroom furniture with paint as its sole protector runs a risk of developing small cracks into which moisture can penetrate, causing the wood to swell and paint to flake off. Concrete

Concrete consists of cement (limestone

and clay) mixed with sand or gravel and water. Concrete washbasins and furniture are no longer a rarity. The material’s heavy weight can be reduced by using light cores to create forms. Combined with warm materials like wood, the velvety surfaces and archaic aesthetic of concrete objects create a very special effect, but are also a question of taste. Untreated concrete’s smooth but openpored surface is sensitive to dirt and moisture and can be hard to clean. The surfaces of concrete objects are therefore usually impregnated, or at least oiled, waxed or painted (Fig. 14). Oiled and waxed concrete surfaces are less sensitive than unoiled ones, but not nearly as robust as stone or ceramic surfaces. The coating has to be frequently renewed, so these surfaces are not suitable for use in bathrooms. Permanent sealing is advisable to prevent blotching from care and cleaning products etc., although – and here opinions vary – sealed concrete loses its natural, characteristic material aesthetic. Metal

Metals have four main characteristics: high levels of electrical conductivity and heat conductivity, formability and metallic shine. Metals are classified into heavy and light metals according to their density and into precious and base metals according to their reactivity. Iron, aluminium and copper are the main metals used in construction. They are converted into their oxides in various preparatory processes and then reduced in a furnace. Metals intended for contact with water and moisture (e.g. pipes, taps and fittings, toilet partitions, washbasins) must be corrosion-resistant (Fig. 16). Copper, aluminium, lead, zinc and stainless steel form protective films on their surfaces that prevent corrosion. Metals consisting of more than 10.5 % chrome are also called

15

68

Materials in bathrooms and sanitary facilities

16

treat the surfaces of panes of glass (e.g. through frosting or screen printing), so that they remain translucent, but are opaque. Panes of glass are also used in public sanitary facilities because they are hard, hygienic and moisture-resistant (Fig. 19). In contrast to tiles, they have few joints, which is an advantage for cleaning and maintenance. The wide range of possible surface treatments, such as foils or screen printing, make it possible to easily implement individual and inexpensive design options.

corrosion-resistant steels. Metal panel toilet partitions are often used in public sanitary facilities. They are very stable and waterproof, although their surfaces have a cool, clinical look. Glass

Glass is an amorphous solid consisting of inorganic elements. “Normal glass”, like that used in construction, contains 75 % silicon oxide, 13 % natrium oxide and 12 % calcium oxide. Glass is hard, resistant to wear and tear, has high compressive strength and is transparent. Its transparency makes glass such a special material. Despite its solid, hard surface, it is diaphanous and translucent. Float glass is the glass most commonly used in construction. Its panes, between 1.5 and 12 mm thick, can be processed in various ways. Treating it with heat creates tempered safety glass (TSG), which, unlike float glass, shatters into small, blunt shards when it breaks. Laminated safety glass (LSG) is made by covering two to six panes of glass with transparent foil, to which shards adhere if it breaks. Panes of glass are used as partitions, splash guards and shower partitions in private bathrooms. In hotels in particular, glass partitions are often used to separate a bathroom from living or sleeping areas (Fig. 18). To individually modify the transparency of the user’s private sphere, panes of glass can be rendered opaque by means of an electric current, a curtain or mobile louvers. Depending on the design concept, the glass panes used as shower partitions or splash guards are often also frameless. Their appearance is not cluttered with visible profiles, which has a positive effect on the impression of space. Frameless panes of glass are also easier to clean and maintain because they require less silicon sealant. To screen users from those looking in from outside, it is possible to partly or wholly

17

used in bathrooms. The layers can be made of the same or different materials. Bathroom furniture and shelves are often made of high-pressure laminate (HPL). This consists of several lengths of paper impregnated with resin and pressed at high pressure between heated steel sheets, which give the surfaces a specific structure, to form homogeneous sheets (Fig. 17). HPL sheets are extremely weatherproof and do not absorb water. Large or sudden temperature fluctuations, ranging from -20 °C up to +80 °C, do not negatively influence their function, stability or appearance and their colour will not notably change for a period of at least ten years.

Plastics

Plastics usually have low gross density, are not highly heat-conductive, are waterresistant, robust and durable and have tough surfaces that are easy to clean and maintain. It is not usually necessary to subsequently treat its surface or edges. This homogeneous material can be precisely worked, but depending on its composition, it can also be brittle. Depending on the place where it is to be used, the possible fading of plastics under light must be taken into account in choosing this kind of material. Laminates, which are made of two or more flat panels stuck together, are among the plastic panels most frequently

18

General design principles In choosing materials, the usage requirements and desired architectural language and spatial aesthetic will determine the properties a material should have. Lightcoloured materials make a room look bigger and “friendlier”, while dark materials “swallow” light and stay dark, even if there are sufficient light sources (Fig. 20, p. 70). Light surfaces in public sanitary facilities create a clean look. Hard, smooth, impervious or non-porous materials are preferable from a hygienic point of view

19

69

Materials in bathrooms and sanitary facilities

20a

20 Floor and wall are designed with consistent materials, sanitary facilities for artists, rehearsal hall of a concert promoter, Berlin (D) 2011, Studio Karhardt a light version b dark version 21 Open shower area with built-in rainfall shower head; the wall and floor tiles are porcelain stoneware, loft apartment in Berlin (D) 2011, scarchitekten 22 Comparison of the properties of various materials. Details on materials (especially slab sizes and thicknesses) vary for different manufacturers. Provided here for the purposes of orientation, the properties also depend on the material’s quality class, any additives, thicknesses etc.

b

and for easy cleaning, although designers should be aware that floor covering materials with these qualities will not be very slip-resistant. If tiles are used, the joint pattern and colour must be taken into account. Joint colours matching that of the tiles form a surface that is more homogeneous than contrasting colours and create a calmer and larger spatial impression, as do large-format tiles. Cut tiles, depending on the tiles’ size, usually cannot be entirely avoided. For tiles measuring from about 10 ≈ 10 cm, a backsplash panel can determine how the tiles are to be laid (starting point) and

21

70

where they can be cut. Taps and fittings should also be aligned with tiles and joints. Cut tiles should not be smaller than two thirds of the original size. Mosaic tiles can be supplied as mats, so they do not require a pre-sized backsplash panel. However, the large number of joints must be taken into account because the smaller the tile, the more joints the surface will have. Time was when almost all wall and floor surfaces in private bathrooms and public sanitary facilities were tiled, but the area of tiled surfaces is now being reduced to create a more pleasant spatial aesthetic (e.g. only up to door and win-

dow frames). Only walls on which sanitary fittings are installed are now usually tiled. As well as colour and vertical alignment (joints, splices, changes in material), a room’s atmosphere is also heavily influenced by the warmth of its materials. Wooden or natural stone surfaces with a velvety feel give sanitary facilities a warm, cosy look, while stainless steel or glass surfaces tend to look cool and clinical. Consistent materials and concepts provide a holistic impression and give the room its own character while integrating it into the broader concept of its surroundings.

Materials in bathrooms and sanitary facilities

Material

Water absorbency [%]

Gross density [kg/m3]

Vapour diffusion resistance figure

Tile/slab thickness [cm]

Thickness [cm]

Treatment / surface

Fairly sturdy, not combustible, anti-allergic, hard, robust

Natural stone Granite

0.1 – 0.9

2,600 – 2,800 10,000

30.5 ≈ 30.5 61 ≈ 30.5 40 ≈ 40 60 ≈ 40 45.7 ≈ 45.7 61 ≈ 61

1 1 1 1.2 1.2 1.5

Limestone

0.1– 3

2,600 – 2,900

30 ≈ 30 45 ≈ 45, 60 ≈ 60

0.7– 3 1.3 – 3

Marble

0.1– 3

2,600 – 2,900 10,000

30.5 ≈ 30.5 61 ≈ 30.5 40 ≈ 40; 60 ≈ 90 90 ≈ 90; 120 ≈ 60 200 ≈ 300 1)

1–4 usual

approx. 0.04 – 0.2

approx. 2,200 – 2,500

–

30 ≈ 30, 60 ≈ 30 1.2; 2; 3 60 ≈ 40, 40 ≈ 40 1) 60 ≈ 60, 327 ≈ 161

Almost none

approx. 1,700

–

25.04 ≈ 80 37.58 ≈ 640 37.58 ≈ 800 37.58 ≈ 100 76 ≈ 249 1) 76 ≈ 366 1) (Larger facade slabs available)

Polyester- Almost bonded none

approx. 1,700

–

2,000

Earthenware

> 10

Stoneware

Wide range of colours, especially hard Coarse treatment methods: cleaving, pointing, bush-hammering, grooving, diamondblade saws, flame treatment, sandblasting; fine treatment methods: sanding, polishing, etching

Relatively soft, can be polished, not usually weatherproof, special impregnation usually required, sensitive to acids, more absorbent (depending on the type)

Same as for natural stone treatment

Very hard, scratch-resistant, easy to maintain, non-porous (very hygienic)

0.3 0.8 1.2 1.9 0.6 1) 1.2 1)

Same as for wood treatment

Malleable when heated, fade-resistant, prevent microbial growth, fade resistance > 6, seamless look

–

Same as for acrylic resin bonded mineral materials

Same as for wood treatment

Same as for acrylic resin bonded mineral materials but less light-resistant and malleable

15 – 35

Expansion, edge and contraction joints at 500 ≈ 800

Poured, sanded or laid 3.5 – 8 depending on as ready-mix screed use

2,000 – 2,400 100,000

Like porcelain stoneware but smaller, approx. 30 ≈ 90 1)

0.6 – 1

Coloured by glazing

Very porous and absorbs water, so only for interiors, not suitable for floor tiles

800 N/mm2)

Depends on requirements

Heat-treated, pre-stressed glass

Shatters into small, blunt shards

Depends on requirements

Made by adhering the entire surfaces of 2 – 6 panes of glass

The adhesive foil prevents shattering. Depending on the thickness of the panes they can also be load-bearing and be used as bullet-proof glass.

Diverse forms

Usually shiny

Panels, beams, rods, coffering

Can be shaped hot or cold; joined using (electronic) welding, soldering, crimping; aluminium can also be joined with adhesives

0.15 – 1.2

900 – 2,200

Plastic

1)

Solid-coloured material, Very suitable for in-floor heating porcelain stoneware usually calibrated

Regulates a room’s climate, good insulating properties, pleasant surface temperature

Coniferous Spruce wood

HPL

Very solid and stable, robust with good heat storage capacity and surface grip, not sensitive to moisture Not combustible

Ceramic tiles

22

Depends on the stone, sensitive to chemicals and not very frost-resistant

Non-porous, water-resistant

Artificial stone Engineered stone

Special characteristics

365 ≈ 132

0.2 – 4.2

Sawing, moulding, drilling

Heat-conductive, Combustibility class 1 Non-ferrous metal, paramagnetic, lightweight

Very weatherproof, not water-absorbent (apart from composite materials)

Maximum figure

71

Light in bathroom planning Katja Winkelmann

Light is an essential design element in architecture, interacting with surfaces, structures and materials to create atmosphere. In lighting design, usage-oriented zoning and aspects, such as cost-effectiveness and sustainability, and not least the health and wellbeing of users must be taken into account. Quantitative light planning that focuses solely on providing required illumination levels in accordance with DIN EN 12 464 is usually unsatisfactory. An evenly lit bathroom looks light and clear but is not necessarily pleasant and not very atmospheric. Planning should focus on the effect of lighting, i.e. the distribution, colour and intensity of light and its various effects on people, because only an optimum interaction of these characteristics ensures a pleasant atmosphere in the room. To meet the demands and needs of clients, the issue of light must be integrated into planning at an early stage, requiring cooperation with a lighting planner. Technical demands and architectural conditions must be assessed and taken into account.

1a

b

72

dance with their usage. It also allows a range of different atmospheres through the interaction of a subdued area with filtered daylight for relaxing – perhaps with shutters or louvers in front of a window close to the bathtub – and a more active area with a direct view that lets in more daylight such as a window near a washbasin (Fig. 1). Reflective surfaces on ceilings or walls or lightrefracting louvers at windows can deflect daylight into the basin area, providing natural light. Designers can also play with sunlight and its reflections. Prisms, lenses, faceted crystals or reflectors built into a skylight or window can deflect sunlight in the room, reflecting light onto surfaces and rendering the outside light situation visible.

Daylight Daylight is the healthiest and most pleasant light for people and should be incorporated into planning wherever possible. Appropriate openings sustainably supply interior spaces with natural light and connect users with the outside world. However, they may not be ideal if, for example, a soft, muted atmosphere is desired, so levels of daylight must be controlled. Screening and privacy are also issues to be dealt with in this context. In the bathhouses of antiquity, Turkish hammams and Roman thermae, there are openings for daylight that link users with the outside world without allowing outsiders to see in. The architect and architectural theoretician Vitruvius (1st century B.C.) in his work “De Architectura” provides precise instructions on the construction of thermae, stipulating that light should fall from above, be filtered through windows with glass mosaics and yet allow required warmth into the bathroom. Heat input through windows is now usually controlled by a structural physicist. Controlling and filtering levels of daylight by means of coloured glass, shutters, translucent, matte surfaces or simple curtains allows planners to create zones in bathrooms and sanitary facilities in accor-

Artificial light Since daylight depends on the time of day and a building’s floor plan and is not always or only partly available, artificial light is particularly important in bathrooms. It can be specifically used to divide rooms into zones and highlight various areas (Fig. 1; see Lighting situations /zones in bathrooms, p. 79) with the creation of a range of different lighting scenarios.

c

Light in bathroom planning

1

Controlled daylight in a bathroom: a Slatted ceiling above a shower area, house on the Mornington Peninsula / Victoria (AUS) 2002, Sean Godsell Architects b Daylight falls through frosted glass on the head of a bathtub, single-family house in Lehrte (D) 2004, Nieberg Architect c Daylight in the shower area, bathroom in an attic apartment, San Francisco (USA) 2006,

Light and materials

Lighting should highlight the materials used in the surfaces that shape the room. Their colour, structure and degree of shine, together with the room’s shape, form a visual impression and highlight their special features. A room full of dark surfaces will always look dark, even if it is very brightly lit. An impression of lightness, in contrast, can be created with just a little light falling on light-coloured, reflective surfaces. This optical effect should be taken into account in planning spaces. An optimum lighting of surfaces is essential to highlight the materials used. In choosing lighting, how the light reflects from surfaces, how it refracts or bends from the material also plays a role (Figs. 3 and 4). A highly polished surface, for example, powerfully reflects points of light and can result in unpleasant glare, which can be perceived, perhaps not even consciously, as perturbing, and can impair the quality of users’ experience of the room. A high-quality material, such as a special natural stone or warm wooden surface, can look pale and matte in bad or wrongly directed light and so lose its special appearance. The effect of investing in materials, sanitary fittings or furnishings is lost if their surfaces are not optimally accentuated. The technical fundamentals of light and lighting terms

Light planners use a wide range of technical terms. Various technical properties of light such as colour rendering, colour temperature and distribution combine to form the quality of the presentation of surfaces in a room, so these properties must be taken into account in choosing illuminants in bathrooms as well as in other areas of lighting planning (Fig. 5, p. 74). Light intensity and density Light intensity E (described in lux) is

2

3 4

Cary Bernstein Architect Interaction of daylight, artificial light and water reflection effects, penthouse flat in London (GB) 2011, Buckley Gray Yeoman (BGY Architects) The material reflects brilliant light. Hotel in Davos (CH) 2013, Oikios Architekten Focused light emphasises old exposed brickwork and material structures. Attic flat conversion in London (GB) 2013, Emulsion Architects

specified in DIN EN 12 464 and DIN 5034 and 5035 as a minimum value to be complied with but is not really a visible value because it describes the light hitting a reference surface. Light density L (described in candela/m2) describes the visible impression of the light of a surface, i.e. visible reflected light. A light, reflective surface has high light density, a dark surface in contrast, very low light density. A black and a white surface can look completely different under the same light intensity. Light intensity measurement can identify minimum levels of light but says little about our impression of a room’s light. This again illustrates the importance of a careful choice of materials and colours. Colour rendering Daylight provides the best colour rendering because the sun gives off the complete spectrum of light visible to humans and correctly represents colours. The spectrum of light that an individual artificial light source radiates, the light’s spectral distribution, determines the quality of artificial light’s colour rendering. Planners should also take the major differences in the price and, in particular, the quality of LEDs in terms of their colour rendering and efficiency into account. The colour rendering of illuminants is defined in DIN 6169 as the colour rendering index (Ra ), which DIN EN 12 464 prescribes for various uses. Ra 100 (e.g. halogen and low-voltage halogen lamps, daylight) provides very good colour rendering. Ra 70 (e.g. bad LEDs) describes light sources that represent colours incorrectly or inadequately. DIN EN 12 464 prescribes a colour rendering index value of at least Ra 80 for lighting in bathrooms. To achieve a really pleasant and realistic colour representation, a colour rendering index value of at least Ra 85 should be chosen, while at least

2

3

4

73

Light in bathroom planning

5

Light source

Colour temperature [K]

Candle

1,500

Light bulb (40 W)

2,200

super warm white

Light bulb (200 W)

3,000

warm white

Halogen lamp

3,000

warm white

Fluorescent lamp

4,000

neutral white daylight white

Base lighting units Unit

Symbol

Explanation

Luminous flux

Lumen [lm]

φ

Total light output emitted by the light source

Standard light D65

6,504

Luminosity

Candela [cd]

φ Ι= Ω

Luminosity Ι measures the light radiated in a certain direction. It depends on the luminous flux φ in that direction and the solid angle that is lit.

Morning sun, afternoon sun

5,500

Lux [lx]

φ E= A

Illuminance E measures the luminous flux φ falling on a specific surface A.

Midday sun on a cloudy day

5,500 – 5,800

Illuminance

Cloudy sky

6,500 – 7,500

φ L= A ∙ cos ε

Luminous density is the luminosity per unit of surface. The luminous density L of a lit surface measures the degree of lightness perceived.

Luminous intensity Candela per m2 [cd /m2]

Ra 90 is recommended for relaxing lighting in private bathrooms. The colour rendering index, however, only describes the quality of light emitted to a limited extent. DIN 6169 rates the rendering of eight “reference colours” under different artificial light sources. Intermediate shades and other colours are not rated, so even light sources with an incomplete spectrum and bad colour rendering can achieve a good Ra rating. The international Colour Rendering Index (CRI) rates another six colours, so it offers a slightly better rating system, although the same problem of the selective rating of just 14 reference colours applies here as well. Colour temperature/spectral light distribution Colour “temperature”, lighting’s colour tones, also affects the representation of materials used in bathrooms. A light source’s colour temperature (TF) is measured in Kelvin (K), with a high colour temperature indicating a cold white light (e.g. 5,000 K), and a low colour temperature a warm light (e.g. 2,700 K) (Fig. 6). The colour temperatures of artificial light sources are specified by their manufacturers or defined by the type of light they emit. Halogen light, for example, can achieve a maximum colour temperature of just 3,500 K. LEDs, and fluorescent lamps are available in various colour temperatures, ranging from 2,200 to 6,500 K, in manufacturers’ standard ranges. Colour temperature, however, has no bearing on the light spectrum emitted. Light sources with different spectral light distributions can produce the same colour temperatures, so it is not possible to infer the colour rendering or the quality of light based solely on its colour temperature. Yet, colour temperature does influence our perception of lightness. We perceive cold, white light as lighter than a 74

light of the same intensity in a warm white lighting situation. This must be taken into consideration in planning. As well as influencing the mood of a room, the light spectrum that illuminants emit affects the human body, impacting hormone production and our circadian rhythm, the sleep-wake rhythm. Lots of bright light with a high proportion of blue causes the body to reduce melatonin production so that we produce less of this sleep hormone, reducing our need for sleep. During the day, a higher (e.g. 5,000 K, like that of daylight) colour temperature with an activating effect and high proportion of blue can be desirable in adapting a room’s atmosphere to the light outside. The same colour temperature, with its specific spectral light distribution, is, however, counterproductive in the evening, when the body’s melatonin production naturally increases. In the evening, when a bathroom is also usually a place to rest and relax, a warm lighting colour with a low colour temperature of 2,200 to 2,500 K and a higher proportion of red is appropriate and will not disrupt melatonin production. High colour temperatures here would create an unpleasantly cool lighting atmosphere, while the higher proportion of blue would disrupt melatonin production. Lighting systems that allow users to adjust colour temperature (see Regulating light, p. 80f.) have long since been incorporated into bathroom planning. Some systems offer adaptable white tones, so the colour temperature can be continuously adjusted and range from high to very low temperature colours. Users can individually adapt lighting to the daylight situation. RGB lights can appropriately dim individual colours to create a range of different colour tones with an additive colour mixing of red, green and blue light, allowing intensive and intermediate colours and tones to be

Fog, thick mist Blue sky (e.g. in the 6 shade or twilight)

Colour perception

7,500 – 8,500 9,000 –12,000

freely and continuously adjusted. It should be noted, however, that all the materials and surfaces in a room will reflect coloured light, which can have a major impact on the space (Fig. 9). Lights and illuminants

Demands on light quality, such as precise colour rendering, cost effectiveness and not least the desired shape and form of lights, will influence the choice of illuminants, although the architectural context also plays a decisive role. Recessed lights and cove and channel lighting can be easily integrated into suspended drywall ceilings or ceiling panels in certain areas. Otherwise, surface-mounted ceilings lights must be used. Their mechanical requirements (if they need higher protection from moisture, for example) can make these lights look clunky or clumsy, and they are often far more expensive. In rooms with low ceilings, wall lights can be installed instead of ceiling lights, although here it is essential to carefully evaluate the light’s effect. In choosing lights for rooms exposed to moisture, the light’s materials, which may react in different ways to damp and discolour or corrode, must be taken into account. Metal parts of lights should have an appropriate surface or be made of stainless steel or aluminium. Decorative lights with textiles should ideally use synthetic fibres or materials that are easy to clean. LED and/or halogen lights are now used almost exclusively in bathrooms and sanitary facilities. LED lights are often chosen for their long “lifespan”, while halogen lamps’ very good quality of light may be decisive. Other types of lights, such as fluorescent, compact fluorescent and discharge lamps, are rarely used due to their shape and form, colour rendering and specific dimming properties. Therefore, they will not be dealt with here.

Light in bathroom planning

7

8

Halogen lamps Halogen lamps (Fig. 7) offer very good colour rendering (Ra 100) and high brilliance. Surfaces and accessories are highlighted, and small inclusions in materials, such as natural stone, are emphasised in the reflection of clear, warm halogen light. Dimming halogen light changes its colour temperature, making it warmer and softer and creating a very pleasant light atmosphere, especially in the evening. Halogen lamps are not as efficient as LEDs, so they are used mainly in private bathrooms or in rooms with short or controlled periods of operation. LEDs LEDs (light-emitting diodes) are highly energy-efficient and cost-effective, so they are often installed in high-traffic public sanitary facilities. LED lights and illuminants are available in a range of different models offering various light outputs, colour temperatures and rendering, and shapes and forms, which can make it hard to choose the right components. It is advisable to only use products from reputable manufacturers. LEDs produce heat that, in contrast to halogen lamps, accumulates not in emit-

9

ted light, but on the circuit board. The higher the circuit board’s temperature, the less light is emitted and the shorter the expected lifespan of LED components will be. This heat must be dissipated by professional heat management, which requires a large casing around the light and appropriate cooling elements. In positioning such lights, the heat they can emit must be taken into account. This especially applies to lights with integrated LED light sources if they are to reach their promised lifespan (usually about 50,000 lighting hours). In contrast, so-called LED retrofit lamps, which are used in existing lights (e.g. classic E27 lamps or halogen reflector lamps), usually only reach a lifespan of 25,000 – 40,000 hours. A further criterion in LED specifications is so-called “binning”. LEDs are manufactured with very varying luminosities and light colours in the form of different white nuances. They are then carefully sorted into colour temperatures as close to each other as possible in “bins”. White LEDs can emit differences in colour temperature that are visible from a difference of just 50 K, so the closest possible “binning” must also be taken into account in choosing LEDs. The colour temperature and rendering and light output of LED lights must be precisely identified and defined. LED light manufacturers often offer a range of different parameters in the same type of light. It is important to deliberately decide on a specific colour temperature, colour rendering and light output. If colour temperature and rendering are not precisely specified, there can be undesirable variations in white tones and very different lighting qualities in the room. The moisture in bathrooms and sanitary facilities can negatively impact the light output and lifespan of LED components, so only LEDs with an airtight and water-

5 6 7 8 9

Characteristics and variables of lighting technologies and their units Comparison of the colour temperature (in Kelvin) and perception of colour of various light sources Halogen downlight – protection class IP 67 Cast LED light strip Coloured light is reflected from all surfaces, significantly influencing a toilet anteroom. Hotel in Hamburg (D) 2001, Jan Störmer Partner with Robert Wilson and Matteo Thun

75

Light in bathroom planning

Type of interior, area of visual function or activity

Em [lx]

UGRL [–]

Uo [–]

Ra [–]

Specific conditions

General areas inside buildings – break, sanitary and first-aid rooms (acc. to DIN EN 12 464-1) Cloakrooms, washrooms, bathrooms, toilets

200

25

0.40

80

Sanitary facilities

500

19

0.60

80

In each toilet if they are completely enclosed

Health-care facilities – wards, maternal wards (acc. to DIN EN 12 464-1) Bathrooms and toilets for patients

10

11

200

22

0.40

80

Level

Level 1: Protected against foreign bodies and contact

Level

Level 2: Protected against water

0

No protection

0

No protection

1

Protected against solid foreign bodies > 50 mm

1

Protected against dripping water

2

Protected against solid foreign bodies > 12 mm

2

Protected against dripping water under 15 °C

3

Protected against solid foreign bodies > 2.5 mm

3

Protected against water spray

4

Protected against solid foreign bodies > 1 mm

4

Protected against water splashes

5

Protected against dust

5

Protected against jets of water

6

Sealed against dust

6

Protected against heavy seas

–

–

7

Protected against the consequences of immersion

–

–

8

Protected against immersion

Safety class I

Safety class II

Safety class III

During operation and maintenance, all metal parts of the light that could be touched and carry current if there is a fault must have a conductive connection with the protective earthing connection.

Lights in class II are provided with protection against contact by protective insulation. All live parts have extra insulation as well as operational insulation.

Devices in protection class III have no protective insulation connections and are not allowed to be connected with an earthing conductor.

12

10 Required illumination intensity, colour rendering and further requirements for public buildings (acc. to DIN EN 12 464-1) 11 Safety protection types (acc. to DIN EN 60 529 VDE 0470-1) 12 Safety classes (acc. to DIN EN 61 140 VDE 0140-1) 13 Protected zones (acc. to DIN VDE 0100-701):

76

a, b Protected zones 0, 1 and 2 for bathtubs c Protected zone 1 for showers without bathtubs: the centre line of a fixed water outlet (shower head) is the main horizontal reference point, even if the shower head pivots. d Protected zones 0, 1 and 2 in a floor plan

proof casing made of a cast material that completely protects them from moisture should be used (Fig. 8, p. 75). This applies to both point light sources and linear systems, although the cast material may cause discolouration of the LED light. Technical planning requirements

As well as lighting design and technical requirements for the planning of bathrooms and sanitary facilities, DIN EN 12 464-1 “Light and lighting – Lighting of workplaces” prescribes the luminosity, colour rendering and further requirements for various areas of use (Fig. 10). Electrical systems, and thus almost all elements of lighting planning for bathrooms, must always be protected from the impact of moisture. DIN VDE 0100701 requires lights installed in damp rooms to comply with specific safety protection types and safety classes depending on where exactly in the room they are installed (see Protected zones). Safety protection types The safety protection types prescribed in DIN EN 60 529 VDE 0470-1 describe the mechanical properties of a light or electrical appliance and their suitability for certain environmental conditions. The International Protection Code or Ingress Protection Code, or simply IP Code, defines the mechanical protection of lights and their casings against the ingress of foreign substances (level 1) and water (level 2). Protection class IP67 “protected against dust and temporary immersion” (Fig. 11), for example, is directly legible in the product data and on the light. It should be noted that special lights for outdoors or underwater use cannot be used in interiors because, for example, they would lack the cooling provided by the surrounding water, even

Light in bathroom planning

Outside the zone Zone 2

Zone 1 To the outer edge of a tub or also to a boundary wall

Zone 2 Zone 1 Height of zone 2 At least 225 cm or up to a higher positioned water outlet

Zone 0

though they may comply with the same or a higher safety protection type. DIN VDE 0100-701 stipulates binding types of safety protection for protected zones (see Protected zones) and makes no further stipulations beyond these areas, but in choosing lights and their safety protection types, their exact position in the room must be taken into account. Above a shower head, exposure to water vapour and splash water is very high, resulting in a greater risk of corrosion for contacts and components. Although the standard makes no stipulations for these areas, a higher safety protection type should always be planned for such potentially very wet areas and for bathrooms with steam rooms or for hightraffic public showers to avoid premature failure of lights and more costly and complicated maintenance. Safety classes Safety protection types should not be confused with safety classes, which refer to the technical design of light structures and extent of protection they offer against electric shock (Fig. 12).

At least 225 cm to a fixed water outlet

b

r = 120 cm or max. to a boundary wall

Zone 1

r = 120 cm

Zones 0 and 2 not stipulated in the standard

If the water outlet is higher than 225 cm above the finished floor, the height of zone 1 increases. A longer shower hose does not change the horizontal extension. Zone 1 Reference size 225 cm ‡ Protected zone 0 ‡ Protected zone 1 ‡ Protected zone 2

c

Protected zones As well as safety protection types and classes, DIN VDE 0100-701 identifies three protected zones that place requirements on lights and electrical installations and are defined by the arrangement of the bathtub and shower and other water outlets (Fig. 13). The protected zones are limited by surrounding surfaces, i.e. walls, ceilings slopes, windows, floors and partitions, that are fixed to masonry or whose removal would involve construction measures. The standard does not deal with detached or mobile partitions. Protected zone 0, which demands the highest protective measures, extends to

Shower partition defines zone 2

Zone 0

a

r = 60 cm (measured using the thread method)

Installation of switches in zone 2 permitted, minimum protection class of IPX4 must be observed

60 cm radius (measured using the thread method)

r = 60 cm r = 60 cm Zone 1

Zone 1

Zone 0

Zone 2 60 cm

13 d No fixed shower partition

Zone 0

Zone 2 60 cm

Installation of switches in zone 2 permitted, minimum protection class must be observed in zone 2 Power point next to the washbasin permitted because it is located outside the zone

Fixed shower partition

77

Light in bathroom planning

14

14 Light cove in a toilet, house in Knokke (B), Architectuurburo Govaert & Vanhoutte 15 A light cove highlights the room’s shape and provides soft indirect light. Direct light accentuates the basin, taps and fittings. Spa area in Davos (CH) 2013, Oikios 16 Various designs for lighting a mirror area 17 Indirect lighting behind recesses in ceiling and wall cladding in a shower and bathtub area, hotel in Madrid (E) 2005, Zaha Hadid (see Examples of projects, p. 103) 18 Example of a backlit toilet

78

15

the immediate interior of a bathtub or shower basin. This area does not exist in showers without a shower basin, e.g. common shower areas. Only lights that achieve at least protection class IPX7 and whose power source is outside zones 0 and 1 can be installed and operated in zone 0. They must also be explicitly approved by their manufacturer for bathtub areas (e.g. special whirlpool lights), be permanently installed and connected, and operate on a low voltage using SELV. SELV – Safety Extra Low Voltage – means that devices are used at a low voltage of ≤ 12 volts of alternating current or ≤ 30 volts of direct current, so they pose no risk to life if they are accidentally touched. Protected zone 1 adjoins zone 0 and refers to the area directly above the shower or bathtub up to a height of 2.25 m above the finished floor. If a water outlet is installed above this height, the shower or spray head determines the height of the protected zone. For showers without a basin, an extended protected zone 1 applies for a radius of 1.20 m around the shower head. To measure this area, an imaginary thread of the appropriate length can be “drawn” around the relevant point and the area within the thread’s path then identified as protected zone 1. In this case, zone 2 is completely dispensed with. Only lights with safety extra-low voltage or those that use PELV (Protective Extra Low Voltage), with low voltages of ≥ 25 volts of alternating current or 60 volts of direct current, are permitted for use in zone 1. These are different from SELV because they have an additional earthing of the extra low voltage. Here too, the power source must be installed outside zones 0 and 1, although the required protection class is only IPX4. Protected zone 1 also covers the space under a bathtub or shower basin if it can

be accessed without the use of tools. Power sources, such as converters or transformers, can be installed here. Protected zone 2, with a 60 cm deep surface, directly adjoins zone 1. Its area can also be measured by the thread method, especially where unfixed partitions define the zone. Apart from the required protection class of at least IPX4, there are no restrictions on the installation of lights in zone 2. The spray that showers usually produce, in common shower areas for example, makes protection class IPX5 also advisable for zones 1 and 2. Further details on conditions and measures that must be taken into account in electrical installations in bathrooms and sanitary facilities are explained in more detail in the chapter on technology and construction (see Electrical installation, p. 51f.). Types of lighting and light distribution Lighting can be either indirect or direct. Indirect light, i.e. light reflected on walls, ceilings and furniture emitted by wall lights, lights in coves (Fig. 14) and slots, or by lights integrated into furniture, provides diffuse interior lighting, envelopes a room in a soft, even light and emphasises its boundaries. Direct light, such as that emitted by recessed ceiling lights, spotlights and other directed light sources, directly strikes surfaces and objects, creates highlights, emphasises three-dimensional structures in the material and accentuates individual elements or whole areas (Fig. 15). This accentuating light creates zones of light and shade that create atmosphere and produce a sophisticated lighting situation. Details of the exact light distribution and directional characteristics of lights must be taken into account. Downlights with narrow beam reflectors and other point light sources accentuate surfaces and

Light in bathroom planning

16 a

individual objects in the room, while broadly reflective lights shine an even light over a larger area. It is important to not light the entire room with just one or two ceiling lights. A combination of soft, indirect and directed light creates a finely harmonised and sophisticated lighting situation (Fig. 15). Lighting situations and zones in bathrooms Bathrooms can be divided into various zones depending on usage. Each zone may have its own individual need for lighting and the parameters of light distribution, light colour, colour rendering, type of light and brightness mentioned above. Mirrors and washbasins

A well-lit mirror, usually hung above the washbasin, is an essential prerequisite for activities such as teeth cleaning, shaving, facial skincare etc. In this area, a diffuse, even light coming from the front or the side should be planned to avoid shadows and glare. For good lighting and realistic reflection of the face, a warm light colour of approx. 3,000 K with a colour rendering index value of Ra > 90 is advisable. Light that is too cold and contains too little red will make the face look wan, while light with too high a green or red component also has a negative effect on the colour of the face seen in the mirror. Various options are available for hanging light around mirrors. Wall lights with glass diffusers hung to the right and left of a mirror allow space for an individual mirror, while lights integrated into a mirror offer an optimum combination of lighting and interior design (Fig. 16). Lights hung above long, horizontal mirrors can emit a diffuse, soft light. In private bathrooms, a diffusely radiant hanging lamp can also be hung next to the mirror. Directed light near a washbasin illumi-

nates taps and fittings etc. with a certain brilliance. Recessed downlights or surface-mounted lights should be positioned to the side of a basin to avoid shadows. Here too, the glare from lights must be minimised so that the users’ reflection in the mirror is not distorted by unpleasant incidental reflections. A well-lit mirror may provide enough lighting for a very small bathroom such as a guest toilet, so that additional lights can be dispensed with. Light around showers and bathtubs

As well as the safety regulations specified in DIN VDE 0100-701 (see Technical b planning requirements, p. 76f.) for showers and bathtubs (Fig. 17), other aspects of lighting technology and design must be taken into account. Direct lighting and, in particular, glare at the eye-level of a user sitting in the bathtub or standing under the shower should be avoided, and daylight that is too strong may have to be filtered (see p. 72). Downlights of any kind situated directly above the shower or bathtub create an unpleasant effect. Instead, indirect lighting of the surrounding walls, ceiling and surfaces is advisable, especially if they are designed with a special material. Adjustable recessed downlights, ideally 17 reflecting from wall surfaces, or “wallwashers” are appropriate here. Wall lights can also pleasantly light a room without glare. In choosing lights, their safety protection type must be taken into account, and if there are higher risks, lights with a higher safety protection type must be chosen. Attractive, surface-mounted spotlights do not usually have the necessary safety protection for these areas. A variable light individually adapted to the time of day is optimal for ensuring relaxing showers or baths (see Colour and temperature/spectral light distribution, p. 74). Ideally, the shower area should be lit more warmly and dimly in the evening, 18 79

Light in bathroom planning

19

20

while a higher lighting level is desirable during the day, so that the shower area does not look dark or gloomy, but fresh and activating. These effects can be achieved in small bathrooms with simple dimmers. Programmable light controls are more suitable for larger sanitary facilities (see Regulating lighting). Showers with integrated lights (e.g. in the shower column or head) can also be used in planning, although their technical lighting properties, such as colour temperature etc., should be checked in advance and coordinated accordingly. A bath and shower area can also be accentuated by a particular ceiling structure or indirectly-lit surfaces (e.g. with coloured light). Special lighting effects can be created by using light in water. Light from an underwater spotlight integrated into a tub will be deflected by the water’s wave motion and reflected onto the surrounding ceilings and walls (Fig. 19). Fibre optic technology can also be used to light up decorative elements. The required projector is positioned outside the protected zone and a currentless, light-transmitting fibreglass cable extends into the zone. Lighting integrated into walls, niches or furniture, ideally dimmable, can provide an extra lighting dimension (Fig. 20). As well as the required safety protection type, the colour temperature should be adapted to existing components. It should be ensured that linear lighting elements (e.g. strips of LED lights) emit an even light and do not produce visible points of light. Public sanitary facilities Public bathrooms, showers and changing rooms must meet the same demands on their various usage areas as private bathrooms (see Lighting situations and zones in bathrooms, p. 78f.). A harmonious spa80

21

tial impression is important here, as is an economic and sustainable lighting concept. Simple, coloured surfaces can be additionally enhanced by targeted vertical lighting of the surfaces defining the room. A combination of surface-mounted ceiling lights creating diffuse, indirect lighting with additional light sources directly lighting areas in which accentuation is desired can be used to divide the room into zones of different uses. Areas around washbasins or mirrors – here too a colour rendering index value of > Ra 90 is recommended – can be more brightly illuminated, while lower lighting levels are sufficient for anterooms or certain areas in showers. DIN EN 12 464-1 prescribes a medium illumination Em of 200 lux and a colour rendering index value of at least Ra 80 for cloakrooms, washrooms, bathrooms and toilets (Fig. 10, p. 76). Intelligent planning will be able to accommodate these standards while also creating a sophisticated lighting scenario. In high-traffic shower areas, efficient LED lights of safety protection types higher than that prescribed in VDE 0100-701 of at least IP44 are mainly used. To avoid unnecessary energy use, the medium illumination level prescribed in the standard should not be exceeded. Planning that provides as little light as possible and as much light as needed in the various areas is an economic and atmospheric ideal. Careful design using light and a room’s surfaces can create a sophisticated, zoned lighting situation and help users orient themselves in the space (Fig. 21). Regulating lighting Lighting regulated by the incidence of daylight or motion detectors can offer significant savings, especially in public sanitary facilities. By distributing lighting components on different circuits, groups of lights and/or separately regulated lighting

components in various areas can be switched on and off or separately dimmed as required. Groups of lights near windows can be controlled by separate circuits with a daylight sensor and automatically switched on if there is too little daylight to maintain required lighting levels. Motion detectors can provide needsbased, sustainable lighting. LED lights are especially suitable for use with these because frequent cycles of operation do not negatively impact their durability. Many options are now available for creating sophisticated lighting atmospheres and scenarios in private bathrooms of all sizes, ranging from manually dimmable systems with various light components that can be individually regulated by push-button and rotary dimmer switches to systems that can be programmed and controlled from a smartphone or tablet. Lighting components should always be dimmable to enable individual users to adjust light levels. The more independently controllable circuits and light sources available, the more balanced lighting atmospheres can be created. Even a simple, reduced system with just three dimmer circuits can offer a wide range of different lighting atmospheres (Fig. 22). Programmable lighting control is recommended for large bathrooms and spa-type bathrooms. Here, the Digital Addressable Lighting Interface (DALI) has become established. The advantage of a digitally addressable lighting interface is simple installation. Lights with a DALI-compatible electrical ballast or DALI transformer are connected to the DALI supply line and addressed in the system. They can subsequently be regrouped as desired without any further installation, allowing users to programme and call up various scenarios such as lighting that fits in with

Light in bathroom planning

19 Water effects on the wall created by reflection 20 Integrated lighting in a shelf niche, spa area, hotel in Munich (D) 2012, Guggenbichler + Netzer Architekten 21 Complementing the architecture, the light also provides guidance, public sanitary facility, office building in Beijing (CHN) 2011, gmp Architekten 22 Various lighting situations in a bathroom (simulations): a Light-shade effect created by filtered daylight b Brighter lighting around a washbasin c Accented lighting, low-level lighting creates a relaxed mood

current daylight. Lighting control is also useful in creating interactions between colour temperatures and the colours of light, enabling the colours of light to be adapted to the atmosphere or independently adjusted. Planners should always take a room’s existing colours and materials into account to an appropriate extent. Too much coloured light can look unpleasant and garish, especially when using different coloured light systems that are not harmonised – i.e. their colour values are not precisely coordinated. A room’s zoning can be underscored by preset scenarios. Renovations Private bathrooms are often renovated to enhance their look, although design generally plays a less important role in the renovation of public sanitary facilities, where the focus is usually on optimising energy consumption. Depending on the extent of the planned measure, a lighting situation can be modified in various ways. New, modern lighting technologies (e.g. motion detectors, daylight sensors and lighting controls) usually require extensive modification of electrotechnical installations. Replacing lights and illuminants and supplementing switches and dimmers can often have a major effect, even in smaller renovation measures. Although they may lack the correct installation prerequisites, lights with integrated daylight or motion detectors that enable users to control lights depending on levels of daylight and their individual needs are now available (see Lighting, p. 94). In larger renovations, light wells, in windowless attic bathrooms, or mirror shafts (used in a spa-type area at cellar or basement level for example) can refract and distribute daylight through various reflectors into the room (see Daylight in bathrooms, p. 93).

Whether it is a new building or a renovation project, a small private bathroom in a rented flat, a spa-type area or a public shower and sanitary facility, daylight and artificial light significantly influence our spatial perception in all spaces. A planned interaction of colour temperature and rendering and light intensity and direction, the integration of lighting into the overall architectural concept and the many options for regulating lighting can help planners offer a wide range of effects and achieve the greatest possible design potential.

a

b

22 c

81

82

Barrier-free sanitary facilities

“Barrier-free” is a term used to describe the design of a built environment and the information and communication systems for all people to use equally, without restriction. It is a term that refers explicitly not only to people with disabilities, but also to a way of ensuring equal access for everyone – older people and children, pregnant women, people with temporary injuries or cognitive, visual and auditory limitations, wheelchair users and people who have difficulty walking or whose mobility is limited. The requirements involved in creating barrier-free spaces are often regarded by planners as entailing extra “effort” because the objects that have to be installed (such as support handles, emergency call devices, height-adjustable washbasins, door openers) have a range of different dimensions, place new demands on installation heights, and often do not meet the aesthetic wishes of architects and users. Barrier-free spaces, for example, require equipment that lets users use doors and other objects with as little strength as possible, which usually involves more complex technical equipment and thus higher costs. The need for barrier-free spaces is not called into question here – on the contrary. In this context in particular, planners need to develop spatial solutions that not only take the specifications of DIN standards or VDI guidelines into account, but also make it possible for all people to comfortably use sanitary facilities, while still creating high-quality designs. Many measures taken while building barrier-free facilities provide not only people with physical limitations with easy and comfortable use of sanitary facilities, but also offer everyone more everyday comfort. Regardless of users’ physical condition, a floor-level entrance to a shower (instead of over a rim) and spacious sanitary facilities offer everyone

more benefits and convenience in general. A barrier-free environment is only absolutely necessary for a small proportion of the population, yet it increases comfort and convenience for 100 % of the population. Demographic developments in Europe mean that the proportion of older people is increasing significantly, so the need for bathrooms and sanitary facilities that older people can use independently will continue to grow strongly in coming years. According to the German Federal Statistical Office, the proportion of people in Germany needing care will increase by about 62 % from 2.1 to 3.4 million by 2030, compared with the 2005 figure. 1.6 million of these people will be aged over 80 [1]. Barrierfree spaces seem likely to become standard and even more creativity should be devoted to their planning. Just as legislation has developed from simply defining access for a disabled minority to now regarding barrier-free facilities as an aspect of broader equality, public sanitary facilities and private bathrooms must now also develop from being just “for the disabled or elderly” to become futureoriented, comfortable bathrooms with high aesthetic standards. This will probably be implemented sooner in private bathrooms

than in public facilities because the additional space and technology required means higher construction costs. Definition and legislative basis The German Equal Treatment of Disabled Persons Act (Behindertengleichstellungsgesetz – BGG) of 2002 stipulates that “Structures and equipment, means of transport, articles of daily technical use, information systems, sources of acoustic and visual information, communications equipment and other planned aspects of life are barrier-free when disabled people can access and use them in the general and usual way without particular difficulty or outside help.” [2] The individual building regulations of the German federal states (Landesbauordnungen) contain more detailed definitions. DIN standard 18 040, part 1 covering publicly accessible buildings, and part 2 covering dwellings and buildings containing dwellings, and VDI guideline 6008 make further recommendations. These are binding, and planners must comply with them if they are specified as a planning specification

1

Example of a barrier-free bathroom with a height-adjustable washbasin, adjustable mirror, floor-level shower with seat and support handle

1

83

Barrier-free sanitary facilities

90

180

130

150

> 175

90 – 100

130

190

70–80

> 150

> 150

240

2

in a contract or if the state building regulations or other legal regulations require them. The regulations are used as aids in decision-making and assessment criteria if there is a dispute, so compliance with them is recommended and has become standard.

retical future case involving still unknown needs. Users’ needs must be realistically assessed and weighed up, taking statutory guidelines and general recommendations into account. Details on some frequent physical limitations are provided below.

Universal Design – Design for All

Motor restrictions Impaired motor skills and mobility are often a result of reduced limb function in those affected. Those who have difficulty walking or use a wheelchair, walking frame or other walking aid need more room to move. Plans should avoid steps and thresholds, or alternative ways should be made available.

Universal Design is an international design concept launched in the USA in the 1980s that offers recommendations on the design of products and the built environment based on seven principles that make products suitable for the various abilities and needs of different users without requiring further specialisation. It focuses on broad, simple usability, flexibility of use, easy and intuitive use, information users can access directly with their senses, basic risk reduction and less physical effort and sufficient space for all users. Europe’s “Design for All” sets similar goals, but focuses more closely on social aspects. Potential limitations and corresponding planning requirements Laws and regulations regulate minimum planning requirements. As well as the spaces, movement areas, dimensions and installation heights of objects prescribed in DIN 18 040 and VDI guideline 6008, (Fig. 18, p. 88), planners should seek to support easy use of the built environment through planning. Possible physical limitations

Planners and architects should inform themselves about users’ possible disabilities and illnesses so that they can react appropriately in designing rooms, providing light, choosing materials, suitable objects and taps and fittings, and offering fitting solutions. They should determine whether they are planning for a specific user with identifiable needs or for a theo84

Sensory and cognitive limitations Sensory limitations can include visual impairment and blindness, hearing impairment or deafness, or a combination of both. Cognitive limitations (limitations of intellectual capacity) caused by neurological or psychological illnesses can reduce people’s ability to perceive, react, coordinate and orient themselves in space. Planners can react to these by minimising or entirely avoiding steps and thresholds, which can be hard to negotiate for a visually impaired person or for someone whose coordination is impaired. Good lighting that highlights the edges and corners of spaces (e.g. doors and doorways; Figs. 4 and 5) makes them easier to perceive and reduces shadows. So-called passing shadows, which are caused by unevenly targeted lighting, can increase the risk of falls for visually impaired people and dementia patients or startle them. Direct-indirect lighting enables users to perceive high-contrast colours and improves their orientation in a room. Acoustic signals, such as those emitted by pedestrian traffic lights, can complement or replace optical signals and vice-versa. Changes in surface mate-

rials can provide users with haptic indications and additional orientation. Impaired organ function Impaired organ function can include limited bladder and/or bowel function (incontinence). The frequent bodily cleaning that such conditions involve mean that a shower must be provided in sanitary facilities so that users do not have to go to another room to be cleaned. An extra toilet can be advisable in private homes. Aids that support independent movement

General barrier-free aids are useful in public sanitary facilities and in private bathrooms and can help all users orient themselves and call for help in an emergency. Tactile guide systems for the blind Tactile guide systems enable blind and visually impaired people to move independently through public spaces. Such systems are usually integrated into the ground or floor or provided as indicators (panels of ridges or nubs), where a change of covering can be felt with the aid of a cane. Signs /high-contrast colouring Signs improve users’ orientation and help them find sanitary facilities. Besides being object-specific and using appropriate font sizes and lighting, signs with a high-contrast design, i.e. with a sufficiently high-contrast luminous density, make it easier for users to perceive information. Luminous density contrast k measures the difference between the comparative lightness of two surfaces. Alarm signals based on the “two-senses” principle The “two-senses” principle is a term used to describe an information system that simultaneously addresses at least

85

Barrier-free sanitary facilities

FFL

50

150

3

4

two of the three senses of hearing, sight and touch, thereby giving it a wide range of applications in a barrier-free space. Simultaneous optical (blinking lights) and acoustic warning signals (sirens) enable people with both auditory and visual impairment to perceive a warning signal. Not only the toilet itself but also the way to it must be barrier-free and easy to reach. Floor numbers reached in lifts for example, can be indicated visually on a tableau, through an audible announcement or be labelled in Braille. Publicly accessible areas – planning specifications in DIN 18 040-1 In October 2010, DIN 18 040-1 replaced the previously valid DIN 18 024-2 standard of 1996. The new standard defines publicly accessible buildings as including cultural and educational institutions, sport and leisure facilities, health-care institutions, office, administrative and court buildings, retail and hospitality premises, car parks, garages and toilets. This standard no longer includes specifications for residential homes, accommodation providers and workplaces. Germany’s workplace regulations (Arbeitsstättenrichtlinie – ASR V3a.2) on “Barrier-free workplace design” apply to workplaces. Appropriate construction measures are required to enable people with physical limitations to use public sanitary facilities, so the larger movement areas that users with wheelchairs or walking frames need must be taken into account. Sanitary facilities must also be accessible without steps and thresholds, and ramps or lifts must be installed where necessary. Washbasins must be height-adjustable so that a wheelchair user can easily reach taps and accessories. The adjusted grasp range (Fig. 3) and ease of operation, especially as regards a possi-

5

ble reduction in strength due to unfavourable leverage, must be taken into account here. Circulation and movement areas

Circulation and movement areas must be of an appropriate size for people who need the most space depending on their situation (Fig. 2). Movement areas can also overlap. Users of wheelchairs (which have a turning circle of ≥ 150 cm), walking aids (≥ 90 ≈ 70 cm) or walking frames (≥ 80 ≈ ≥ 100 cm) require the most space. DIN 18 040-1 prescribes a necessary space and movement area without a change of direction of ≥ 120 cm. An area of at least 150 ≈ 150 cm is required for turning a wheelchair. For other users and users with walking frames, a space of 120 ≈ 120 cm is sufficient. Where two wheelchair users meet, the movement area must be at least 180 ≈ 180 cm. Passage widths and doorway widths for wheelchair users should be at least 90 cm. These precisely specified movement areas may not be reduced. Movement areas in front of and behind doors depend on the type of door (revolving or sliding door) and its position relevant to other parts of the building. The headroom above circulation areas, under angled parts of a building for example, should be at least 220 cm for visually impaired and very tall people. The space under this (under 220 cm) and unavoidable obstacles must be secured by visual markings and tactile orientation aids. Headroom for doors is prescribed at ≥ 205 cm. DIN 18 040-1 does not prescribe headroom for stairs, but DIN 18 065 specifies ≥ 200 cm for this space.

by people with wheelchairs and walking frames and those with hearing and visual impairment. Revolving doors may not open into sanitary rooms, which is the only way to prevent the door being blocked. It must be possible to unlock doors from the outside. Equipment must contrast visually, be distinguishable from its surroundings and be reachable from a sitting position (85 cm, Fig. 3). The use of single-lever taps or taps and fittings with contactless sensors may also be necessary. A temperature limiter preventing water from heating above 45 °C is required for taps and fittings that use contactless sensors. A movement area of 150 ≈ 150 cm must be provided in front of all objects and in shower areas, but the area may overlap. Although the standard only recommends a daybed (180 ≈ 90 cm with a height of 46 – 48 cm) for sanitary rooms in highway service areas, sports facilities and in changing rooms in a sanitary facility, it may also be advisable to install daybeds in other areas (Fig. 6). Folding daybeds take up less space than other types. Toilets At least one barrier-free toilet must be provided in a sanitary facility. It can be integrated into each separate gender area or be separate and gender-neutral. Movement areas of at least 90 ≈ 70 cm must be provided on both sides of the

2 3 4

Sanitary facilities

In designing barrier-free sanitary facilities, it must be ensured that they can be appropriately and effectively used

5

Movement areas for people with various requirements Fittings in barrier-free rooms should be installed at a height of 85 cm Markings on glass doors; free design, e.g. marking in the form of a company logo, is also possible. Strips of markings (6 – 8 cm high) at knee height and eye level across the entire width of the door. Height above the finished floor: 50 cm to 150 cm (± 10 cm) High-contrast design for doorways and doors

85

Barrier-free sanitary facilities

50

110

60

50

180

30

60

150

150

180

9

Washbasins Washbasins for wheelchair users must be height-adjustable, at least 55 cm of legroom must be provided, and the distance between a washbasin’s taps and its front edge should be no more than 40 cm (Figs. 10 and 11). The maximum installation height for a washbasin is 80 cm. For small hand washbasins, a reduction in the depth of a height-adjustable washbasin is permitted. A mirror at least 100 cm high that enables users to see themselves from a sitting and standing position must be hung above the washbasin. Accessories (rubbish bins, single-lever soap and paper hand towel dispensers, and hand dryers) must be within easy reach, so a shelf near the washbasin is

10

86

8

A movement area of 90 cm next to a toilet is expensive and often hard to provide in existing buildings, so toilets that can pivot sideways may be a possibility in such spaces (Fig. 7). Sanitary objects (toilets, washbasins) with adjustable heights can save space and are user-friendly, although their purchase and maintenance costs are higher than those of ordinary products.

On each side of the toilet, foldable support handles must be provided that extend 15 cm over the front edge of the toilet bowl. Users should be able to use the handles in easy stages of their own choosing without exerting too much effort (Fig. 13). The required clearance between the foldable support handles is 65 –70 cm. The top edge of the foldable support handles must be 28 cm above the seat height, and their mounting must be able to withstand a point load on the front end of the support handle of at least 1 kN. Hygienic rubbish disposal must also be provided for.

150

150

7

toilet to enable users to transfer easily to the seat. Sanitary facilities with spaces to the left and the right can also be provided. Toilet bowls must be installed at a height ranging between 46 and 48 cm (Fig. 13). A backrest must be installed 55 cm behind the front edge of the toilet (a toilet lid is not an appropriate backrest). Users must be able to manually operate flushing and the toilet paper holder without moving from a sitting position (Fig. 9). Contactless electronic flush sensors must also be able to prevent accidental flushing.

70

45 25 150

150

Folding daybed h = 46–48

6

45 30

70

90

≥90

advisable. A swivel-mounted washbasin can enable users to wash their hands before returning to their wheelchair, so it not only meets the needs of users and carers, but also adapts to different situations in the room. Showers Showers must be accessible without steps and should be no lower than 2 cm below the surrounding floor space. Today’s drainage systems make it possible to entirely dispense with any height differences. Larger floor drains are also appropriate here. Anti-slip floor coverings must also be used in shower areas in compliance with GUV-I 8527 (see Slip-resistant floors, p. 61f.). Horizontal support handles at a height of 85 cm above the finished floor (dimension between axes) must be installed in shower areas. If a seat is required in the shower, it should have foldable armrests and a backrest (Figs. 12 and 16). Alternatively, a mobile shower chair without a back and armrests is often placed in a corner of a shower to make it easier for users to use the wall to stand up with.

6 Sanitary room with a folding daybed for a highway services area or sports facility (dimensions in cm) 7 A space-saving toilet that swings to the side can also be used by people with restricted mobility on one side (dimensions in cm). 8 Approach to and movement area of a barrier-free toilet with shower seat (dimensions in cm) 9 Toilet with support handle and necessary accessories 10 Height-adjustable washbasin with easily reachable single-lever tap 11 Height adjustability and legroom in the washbasin area (dimensions in cm) 12 Shower with foldable seat and movement area (dimensions in cm) 13 Barrier-free toilet, required installation heights (dimensions in cm) 14 Easy-access shower-bathtub combination 15 Floor-level shower 16 Shower with a seat and support handles

Barrier-free sanitary facilities

≥ 30

≤ 10

80

85 48

46– 48

FFL

80

≥ 35 ≥ 67 ≥ 80

≤ 40 15

55

10

60

15

≥ 55 11

12

13

Wall-mounted support handles Wall-mounted support handles next to toilets and in showers function both horizontally and vertically. A horizontal handle serves to stabilise users and as an arm support, while a vertical handle helps them gain the leverage they need to stand up. Wall handles are also necessary for the temporary storing or placing of walking aids, which must always be within the user’s reach.

Transparent shower partitions and doors must be equipped with safety markings at a height of 40 to 70 cm and 120 to 160 cm above the top of the finished floor. Users must be able to reach a single-lever shower tap and handheld shower head from a sitting position at the side and at a height of 85 cm above the finished floor. To avoid injury, the lever should point downwards. Emergency call devices A visually contrasting emergency call device that is easy to reach and find and, in case of need for blind people, clearly labelled for quick use must be installed near the toilet. It must be possible to activate the device from a sitting position on the toilet bowl and from a lying position on the floor.

Clothes hooks Clothes hooks must be positioned so that they can be reached from a sitting and a standing position. Two sets of clothes hooks may be required.

Barrier-free housing construction – planning specifications in DIN 18040-2

DIN 18040-2, which regulates the planning, construction and equipping of dwellings and buildings containing dwellings and their external installations, distinguishes between a barrierfree dwelling and a barrier-free dwelling for unrestricted use by a wheelchair user. The differences in the regulations for publicly accessible areas lie in reduced requirements if they are not designed for unlimited use by a wheelchair user. Fig. 19 shows a comparison of specifications from DIN 18 040, parts 1 and 2.

Dimensions of sanitary objects, movement areas and distances

Folding support handles Folding support handles help users stabilise their balance, get up and sit down, improve their stability while seated and give them a feeling of greater safety. It is also possible to integrate the toilet flush button or toilet paper holder into folding support handles or combine them with a backrest.

14

Barrier-free housing construction The German Model Building Code (Musterbauordnung – MBO, section 50) on “Barrier-free building” stipulates that in buildings with more than two dwellings, dwellings on one floor must be barrier-free. In these dwellings, the living and sleeping areas, the toilet, bathroom and kitchen or kitchenette must be wheelchair-accessible. The building regulations of the individual states must also be complied with.

Movement areas may overlap as long as an unrestricted free movement area remains available. A movement area of 150 ≈ 150 cm must be provided in every room for wheelchair users to turn around in. Fig. 18 (p. 88) shows the appropriate dimensions in accordance with DIN 18 040-1.

15

16

87

Barrier-free sanitary facilities

Shower-bath space

Bathtub

HWB BI

WCo

WCi

UR

SB

BT

WM/ DR

SI

SS/ DS

45

40

40

40

80

170 160

60

50

90 120

40

40

150

170 160

60

50

90 120

Sink

Single / double sink

Urinal

SW2

Washing machine / Dryer

Toilet, flush system inside the wall

SW1

Toilet, wall-mounted flush system

DW

Bidet

Single washbasin with 1 basin

SW

Hand washing basin

Double washbasin

Abbreviation

Single washbasin with 2 basins

Sanitary objects, movement areas

Single washbasin

17

Recommended sizes of sanitary objects Width w

60 120

DIN 18 040-1

60 75

Depth d

55 55

DIN 18 040-1

55 60

70

140

40

45 60

60

35

60

45 50

75

60

70

70

80

80

160 220

160 220

40

80

75

60

40

60

150

75

60

40

60

80 701)

90

90

80

90 120

150

150

150

150 150

Minimum movement area 90 150

Width w

90

150

150

DIN 18 040-1

55 55

Depth d

55 55

Children aged 3 –15

80

150 60

60

150

DIN 18 040-1

70

60

60

75

60

150

55

60

150

150

45

60

60

60

60 60

80

75

60

40

150

150

150

150 150

60

75

75

90

55

120

55 85

Barrier-free private bathrooms Private bathrooms are not as closely regulated as public spaces, so they can usually be individually planned with appropriate barrier-free solutions, and their spatial divisions and equipment can be specially adapted to users’ needs. Conversions are often a response to physical limitations caused by an accident, illness or age. Taking a long-term perspective and sustainability and economic aspects into account, thought should be given to barrier-free planning at an early stage in developing new buildings. Creating the preconditions for barrier-free use in the building’s shell

20 25 3)

17 Child-friendly design of a barrier-free sanitary facility, children’s hospital in Basel (CH) 2011, Stump & Schibli Architekten 18 Dimensions of sanitary objects, movement areas and distances (dimensions in cm; acc. to DIN 18 040-1) 19 Comparisons of the requirements specified in DIN 18 040-1 and 18 040-2

If sanitary objects, walls and storage space are opposite each other, a space of 75 cm must be provided. 42 2)

42 2)

80

46 48

46 48

55 85

35 2) 42 2)

35 2) 42 2)

Installation height above finished floor (FFL)

85 85 90 90

85 90

85 90

85 90

Installation height DIN 18 040-1

80 80

80

80

Children aged 3 –15

55 55 85 85

55 85

55 85

42 2)

65

50 57

65

85 90

65

85 90

Minimum space to the side a of other sanitary objects, walls and storage space SW

25

20

20

20

20

20

20

DW

25

20

20

20

20

20

20

SW1 / SW2

25

20

20

20

15

15

120

HWB

25

20

20

20

20

20

20

25

25

25

25

25

25

20

20

20

20

20

20

BI

25 25

25

25

25

WCo / WCi

20 20

20

20

20

25

UR

20 20

20

20

20

25

20

20

SB

20 20

15

15

20

25

20

20

20

3

BT

20 20

15

15

20

25

20

20

20

3

WM/DR

20 20

15

15

Wall

20 20

Door area 18

1)

25

20

20

20

25

20 25 3)

20 25 3)

20 25 3)

3

20

3 20

Distance to door openings at least 10 cm

for corner entry

88

20 20

2)

top edge of the ceramic of a wall-mounted object

3)

Regulations in the Association of German Engineers (Verein Deutscher Ingenieure – VDI) guidelines Supplementing the DIN 18 040 standard, the revised VDI 6008 “Barrier-free buildings” guidelines make detailed specifications for individual technical barrierfree building installations and also deal in detail with the user-specific needs of people of any age, both with and without restricted mobility or disability. The relevant parts of the VDI 6008 guideline in this context are: • Part 1: Requirements and fundamentals (e.g. requirements of user groups) • Part 2: Aspects of sanitary installation (e.g. general requirements on rooms and equipment, on sanitary rooms in dwellings, on public sanitary facilities, on sanitary facilities in workplaces and on sanitary facilities in schools and kindergartens)

with walls on both sides

Barrier-free sanitary facilities

(by installing floors without steps and thresholds, and door openings of appropriate widths, where possible) or during renovations (reinforcing walls for frontwall installations) can make subsequent retrofitting easier. Spatial conditions, aesthetic concepts and other preconditions must all be included in these considerations. Many design elements, such as relaxation zones, daybeds and seating and larger spaces, which play a role in designing spa-type bathrooms, are also characteristic of barrier-free bathrooms. Among the relatively easily implementable measures that make rooms more barrier-free are floor-level showers, anti-slip surfaces, seating, strengthening of load-bearing walls (for the subsequent installation of support handles, etc.), easily reachable shelves, and extra movement space, especially around sanitary objects. These measures also offer healthy, younger people more comfort and convenience, place almost no restrictions on planners’ choice of materials and cost only slightly more.

[1] This data is based on surveys by the Federal Statistical Office (Statistisches Bundesamt) in Germany, which can be read in: Demografischer Wandel in Deutschland. Heft 2: Auswirkungen auf Krankenhausbehandlungen und Pflegebedürftige im Bund und in den Ländern. Wiesbaden 2010, p. 28 [2] BGG, part 1 General Provisions, section 4

Requirements specified in DIN 18 040-1 for publicly accessible areas

Requirements specified in DIN 18 040-2 for dwellings and buildings containing dwellings

Minimum size of movement areas

• 150 ≈ 150 cm in front of individual sanitary objects (R)

• 120 ≈ 120 cm in front of individual sanitary objects (B) • 150 ≈ 150 cm in front of individual sanitary objects (R) • Movement areas can overlap (B) • Installed level with the surrounding floor with a max. 2 cm depression; transition areas must be sloping • Shower can be used as a movement area if it is level with the floor and the gradient is max. 2 %

Toilet

• Free space, 70 cm deep and 90 cm wide to the right and left of the toilet bowl • Seat height (incl. seat) 46 – 48 cm • Backrest, 55 cm behind the front edge of the toilet bowl. The toilet lid alone is not a sufficient backrest.

• Distance from the wall – 20 cm (B) • Free space, 70 cm deep and 90 cm wide to the right and left of the toilet bowl (R) • Seat height (incl. seat) 46 – 48 cm; with optional height adjustment (R) • Space of 30 cm on one side (R) • Backrest 55 cm behind the front edge of the toilet bowl. The toilet lid alone is not a sufficient backrest (R)

Support • Folding handles extending 15 cm above the front • Folding support handles on each side extending 15 cm above the toilet bowl; 28 cm above handles edge of the bowl on both sides of the toilet that the seat; Point load capacity of 1 kN; distance users can use without exerting lots of strength in between handles 65 –70 cm (R) easy stages of their own choosing. • Users must be able to reach toilet paper from a sitting position • 65 –70 cm clearance between support handles, top edge of the folding support handles 28 cm above the seat height • Support handles with a loading capacity of 1 kN (= 100 kg) on their front edge • Users must be able to flush from a sitting posi• Flush mechanism that can be used from both Flush sides from a sitting position using the hand or arm tion. No accidental activation of contactless mechaflushing (R) • No accidental activation of contactless flushing nism Washbasin

• Completely height-adjustable washbasin • The maximum height of the washbasin’s top edge should be 80 cm. • Legroom at least 30 cm deep and 67 cm high • Height intervals must have a minimum depth of 55 cm • Legroom of 90 cm (axial measurement) • Tap at least 40 cm from the washbasin’s front edge • Washbasin with single-lever standing tap or contactless tap • Outflow temperature of 45 °C max. • Mirror at least 100 cm high above the washbasin that can be seen from a sitting and a standing position • Soap dispenser within reach of the washbasin that can be used with one hand and by users with limited hand function • Hand towel dryer in the washbasin area • Paper hand towel dispenser and rubbish bin in the washbasin area

Bathtub • Floor-level shower with a max. 2 % gradient and measuring at least 150 ≈ 150 cm and shower • Shower not lower than 2 cm below floor level • 45 cm deep folding shower seat with backrest; basin seat height: 46 – 48 cm • Horizontal support handles on both sides at a height of 85 cm, additional vertical support handles • On each side of the folding seat a support handle (that users can fold up completely without too much effort) • Clear space of the support handles, 65 –70 cm Top edge of the folding support handles, 28 cm above the seat • Single-lever shower tap with a handheld shower head that can be reached from a sitting position, lever on the side at a height of 85 cm that points downwards • Anti-slip floor covering in the shower area in compliance with GUV-I 8527. Minimum performance group B

• Legroom under the washbasin • Front edge height ≤ 80 cm above the finished floor surface (R) • Height-adjustable to a depth of ≥ 55 cm (R) • Tap spacing ≤ 40 cm from the front edge of the washbasin (R) • Legroom of 90 cm (axial measurement) (R) • Tap: single-lever mixer with swivel outlet or contactless tap (B) • Temperature limited to max. 45 °C (B) • Option of retrofitting a mirror at least 100 cm high directly above the washbasin (B) • Mirror at least 100 cm high directly above the washbasin (R)

• Option of retrofitting a bathtub in the shower area (B) (R) • Anti-slip floor coverings (B) • Single-lever shower tap with lever pointing downwards (B) • Shower that can be used by wheelchair users measuring at least 150 ≈ 150 cm (R) • Option of retrofitting a folding shower seat and folding support handle (R) • Single-lever tap 85 cm above finished floor surface (R) • Bathtub that can also be used with a lifter (R)

(B) Barrier-free dwelling – these regulations also apply to (R) 19 (R) Barrier-free dwelling that can be used without restriction by a wheelchair user

89

Renovation and modernisation

As well as designing new buildings, planners are often confronted with the need to renovate and modernise private bathrooms and public sanitary facilities. Users’ changing demands, design and technical innovations, adaption to new standards, and damage and defects can make an overhaul necessary (Fig. 2). Based on these criteria, the German Association for Consumer Research (Gesellschaft für Konsumverhalten – GfK), has found that two thirds of private bathrooms in Germany are theoretically in need of renovation [1]. For all planned renovations, regardless of whether it is a private bathroom or a public sanitary facility, planners must first find out whether the renovation will affect the building’s fire protection, soundproofing, insulation, building regulation compliance or structural physics. Planning permission and/or an application for a change of use may have to be applied for to comply with building regulations. Unexpected “discoveries”, such as rotten beam heads, mould behind opened walls, contaminated materials or past construction mistakes, can be expected when building in existing buildings or carrying out renovations or modernisation. These are often only discovered during construction and then require extra timeconsuming and expensive follow-up measures, so it is advisable to include a buffer of about 10 –15 % in the budget and to schedule for such “contingencies”. Structures built in the last century should be at least spot-tested for the presence of pollutants such as building materials containing asbestos. Lead pipes, which were used until the early 1970s, must be replaced because water contaminated with lead can be hazardous to health (Fig. 1), although they must only be replaced if the maximum permissible amount of lead in drinking water is exceeded. In Germany, the level was 90

lowered to 0.01 mg/l, which cannot normally be maintained if lead pipes are used, from the 1st of December 2013. The country’s Drinking Water Ordinance (Trinkwasserverordnung – TrinkwV) obliges the owner of a water supply facility to inform affected consumers if he is aware that there are lead pipes in the facility he operates. Buildings cannot always be emptied during renovations, so renovations are often carried out during ongoing operations under pressure of time. If recurring modules and a large number of sanitary units are required, as in hotels or other accommodation facilities such as clinics or residential homes, prefabricated sanitary modules can be useful. Clients can choose all the usual equipment, such as taps and fittings and ceramic items to suit their needs, and special fittings may also be available depending on the standard desired. Sanitary modules are prefabricated in a factory, delivered ready for connection, and can be installed quickly. Those planning renovations or modernising measures should first investigate the possibility of financial assistance (e.g. from the Kreditanstalt für Wirtschaftsförderung – KfW). This usually has to be applied for before building begins. Such assistance can be made available for measures to improve energy efficiency and for age-appropriate and barrier-free conversions. Renovating and modernising private bathrooms The private bathroom’s increasing importance, moving from a functional “wet room” to a room with qualities that invite users to linger, often means that it requires more space, changes to floor plans and adaptation to aesthetic trends and technical innovations. A user’s changing needs, due to a change in fam-

ily size or limited mobility because of age or illness, for example, can make renovation necessary, as can a desire for materials that are more modern or new sanitary equipment. The bathroom is the one room in a dwelling that shows a home’s age, often at a glance. Materials, colours and the formal language of objects make it easy to tell which trends were in fashion and roughly when a bathroom was built or renovated. Current developments that see the private bathroom as far more important as a room with a feel-good character for spending time in demonstrate the importance its modernisation can have. Individual solutions and requirements and existing spatial conditions will determine the range and extent of construction measures. From the simple replacement of individual objects through to the merging of rooms and development of new complete solutions – anything is possible. The decisive factor here is the time, cost and effort that the owner and/or user is prepared to invest. Users’ wishes and the inventory

Private bathrooms are renovated every 20 years on average [2]. To identify the needs the bathroom must meet, it is advisable to consider not only current wishes, but to consider possible future changes. When children leave home for example, a large family bathroom can become a spa-type bathroom. If users are already experiencing physical limitations, the option of a bathroom that meets the needs of older people should be considered at an early stage (see Planning fundamentals for private bathrooms, p. 13ff.; Barrier-free spaces, p. 83ff.). As well as identifying individual user requirements (Fig. 3, p. 15), a complete inventory is an essential precondition for planning bathroom renovations or mod-

Renovation and modernisation

1 2

3

Cross section of a lead pipe. High lead levels in drinking water are hazardous to health. Deficits in private bathrooms, in percent (results of a survey by the German Sanitary Industry Association – VDS 8/2012, source: the German Association for Consumer Research – GfK) Adding a platform enables drainpipes to be routed with the necessary gradient. House in Hamburg-Eppendorf (D) 2001, Kramer Biwer Mau Architekten 1

ernisations. Possibilities and the cost and effort involved in restructuring and changing room configurations will depend on the existing floor plan. The position of ducts and walls may determine necessary measures for rerouting or cladding pipes. A desire for daylight in the bathroom may determine the room’s position in a house or flat. Desired zoning and equipment will influence the required size of the room and may make it necessary to merge or switch rooms. Before planning begins, existing pipes should be checked to ensure that they are intact and of the current usual minimum diameter. If existing plans yield no information on this and ducts do not have inspection hatches, an area of wall or floor may have to be opened. Other aids for investigating an existing building include metal detectors and mini pipe cameras, which are introduced into existing pipes by means of a steel spiral and can provide information on their condition. Structural analysis, which measures the load-bearing capacity of a building’s floors and load-bearing walls, must be taken into account, as must the impact of damp on the condition of existing materials. It is advisable during the planning phase to survey the existing building for any damage that may have to be fixed during renovation or even beforehand to avoid having to carry out unexpected additional measures during construction. The various wishes and factors that often play a role in private bathroom renovations are outlined below. Increasing the size of the bathroom One way of increasing a bathroom’s size is to merge it with an adjoining room or switch it with another room. If the use of rooms is changed in this way, the position of ducts plays an important role. The necessary gradient of pipes (see Connecting

pipes – horizontal pipes, p. 42f.) will determine connections to existing ducts or pipes and possible positions of sanitary objects. Installing a floor-level shower, for example, may be difficult if it cannot be easily connected to existing pipes. In this case, it may be possible to install a platform under which pipes can be routed, providing this fits in with the overall design concept. A platform may divide a bathroom into zones, but the original room remains identifiable and the platform can blend in like a new furniture element (Fig. 3). If a bathroom is on the ground floor of a

Antiquated bathroom, needs renovation

57

Do not like the tiles

53

Bathroom too small

48

No room to move

44

No storage space

43

No separate shower

34

No windows

24

Do not like the 2 room layout

20

house with a cellar, its pipes can also be routed under the cellar ceiling. For a bathroom in an attic space, an adequate room height under the roof’s slope, sufficient freedom of movement and enough room for the shower head above users’ head height are essential prerequisites for comfortable showering (Fig. 6, p. 93). With regard to the planned materials and objects, the existing structure must be examined to ensure that its condition and structural load-bearing capacity are suitable. The existing structure’s materials, such as timber beam ceilings, must be protected from excessive damp by

3

91

Renovation and modernisation

4

5

6

7 4a

b

c

Daylight introduced into a bathroom by the construction of a a dormer or extra window b a light well or ceiling window/skylight c a mirrored light well A skylight lets daylight into an interior attic bathroom. A concealed light strip provides indirect lighting at night. Attic conversion, Berlin (D) 2010, Jan Ulmer Architekten Shower cubicle added to a hotel room under the roof, Schwäbisch Hall (D) 2012, Seifried & Mack / Metzger & Hülsmann Separate “box” containing a toilet, Centre for Visual Art in Coimbra (P) 2003, João Mendes Ribeiro

skilled planning and attention to detail as well as an appropriate choice of materials (see Sealing in bathrooms /sanitary facilities, p. 46). If a bathroom cannot be increased in size through construction measures, clear spatial structures, an optimum arrangement of objects, a consistent design concept, light materials, good lighting, a calm layout of lines (clear pattern of lines and joints, inclusion of reference lines), using mirrors, and consolidating and making use of recesses and niches can all make a room look bigger. Bathrooms for elderly users Renovations are frequently inspired by a wish or need for a bathroom suitable for older users, although individual definitions of an age-appropriate bathroom vary widely. User-specific demands may range from more room to move through to a completely barrier-free space. A floorlevel shower and more room to move are the basis of this type of bathroom. In installing a floor-level shower, the basic conditions of the pipe routing must first be examined and necessary minimum gradients and possible connections to existing pipes taken into account. Users’ comfort can be enhanced by the integration of everyday aids such as support handles next to the toilet and in the shower, adjustable mirrors, doors that are easy to open and floors with no thresholds or steps. Height-adjustable objects and easy-to-use taps and fittings add further to users’ comfort (see Barrier-free bathrooms, p. 83ff.). Daylight in the bathroom Bathrooms were once purely functional rooms, often in dark areas with no natural light or ventilation. A desire for rooms that offer qualities inviting users to linger has meant that bathrooms are now often planned in prominent positions with win-

5

92

Renovation and modernisation

6

7

dows or direct access to a terrace, as long as the size of the house or flat and desired standard allow. During renovations, this desire often results in the bathroom being moved to another room with natural light and ventilation. If this is not possible for structural or economic reasons, daylight can be let into a bathroom in larger renovation projects through a light well (e.g. in attic flats with few windows). This is a cylinder available in various diameters (from 250 – 550 mm) that penetrates the roof and reflects daylight into the room (Figs. 4 b and 5). At the roof level, light is diffused by prismatic or opalescent caps to make it brighter and then distributed in the room, which must be below the roof. A mirror shaft, which reflects and directs natural light into a room (Fig. 4 c), may be appropriate for bathrooms or spa areas at basement level. Existing conditions must be precisely examined and assessed by a specialist company before installation. If new window openings are built in a bathroom, it must have an exterior wall or in the case of dormer windows, it must be under the roof. If the window changes the building’s external appearance, it may require a planning permit or consent of all property owners, which can be a long, drawn-out process. Another way of bringing daylight into an interior bathroom is to make the perimeter wall of glass, which is often done in hotels. Glass walls, which dissipate optical separation to the neighbouring room, let in light, provide lines of sight and can be rendered opaque to provide periods of desired privacy by means of curtains, blinds or an electric current in the space between glass panes. Minimal renovation on a small budget Minimal renovation (modernisation) can be appropriate if the user is basically sat-

isfied with a bathroom’s spatial zoning and arrangement of objects and only its colours, tiles or objects are to be upgraded. A relatively major effect can be achieved with minimum effort by replacing existing sanitary equipment (in the same positions), recoating a bathtub or shower basin, resurfacing existing tiles or adhering new tiles over old ones, laying a new floor covering and repairing minor damage and old drill holes. These measures can be quickly implemented, are not very expensive and involve much less effort, cost and mess compared with a complete renovation that may change a room’s geometry or a bathroom’s zoning. Before deciding to embark on a minimal renovation, planners should assess whether a complete renovation might not produce a better bathroom in terms of use and quality of experience. Both measures should be compared and evaluated, taking the configuration of rooms and users’ wishes into consideration. Renovating public sanitary facilities A desire for aesthetic adjustment to trends or the need for technical modernisation also often leads to the renovation of existing public sanitary facilities, although a change of tenant, hygienic requirements, adaptation to updated guidelines or conversions of existing buildings may also make renovations necessary. Users’ wishes and the initial survey

As well as identifying users’ requirements, an initial survey is an essential basis for the renovation and modernisation of public sanitary facilities. If whole buildings are being renovated and/or converted, a professional survey is advisable and can protect planners from having to suddenly modify plans during construction due to discrepancies in the existing 93

Renovation and modernisation

a

b

c

d

c

e

f

a Ceramic and natural stone tiles b Cementitious grouting mortar c Tile backing board to decouple tiles from their substratum d Flexible, thin-mortar bed e Primer to improve adhesion (adhesive primer) f Substructure (wooden joist floor, floorboards), fastened with wood screws

8

structure. A building’s age and previous maintenance measures usually determine the condition of its sanitary facilities. Particular care must be taken with buildings listed for historic protection because their renovation may have to be coordinated with cultural as well as building authorities. As with private bathroom renovations, pipe and cable routing in adjoining rooms, construction, structural load-bearing capacity and acoustic effects must all be taken into account in planning. Floor structures and substrata must be evaluated to determine their load-bearing capacity and connecting heights (to avoid unevenness, regardless of the new floor covering), which may have to be modified for the planned renovation. Renovations involving hazardous materials During general maintenance and renovation measures, sanitary facilities are usually modernised sensibly and hazardous materials removed. Building materials that are now prohibited were often used from the 1950s until the early 1990s. Asbestos was frequently used in tile adhesives and other adhesives and sealants, fire-resistant sealing, cladding and ventilation ducts at this time. Depending on the relative density of the individual building material, there is a difference between unbonded asbestos and asbestos-cement products. Bonded asbestos is not a major health risk but if its fibres are released as a result of damage, for example, immediate and complex remedial action and removal becomes necessary. PCBs (polychlorinated biphenyls) were also formerly used as plasticisers in elastic joint sealants and are hazardous to health if released. If these or similar contaminants are discovered during construction, the necessary removal of the contaminant becomes paramount, stopping construction, causing unfore94

seen delays and disrupting the building schedule. Adaptation to updated guidelines The guidelines and recommendations that must be complied with in building public sanitary facilities are updated at irregular intervals. In planning renovations, the configuration of sanitary objects and necessary movement areas must be examined to ensure that they comply with current standards (see Planning fundamentals for public sanitary facilities, p. 27ff.). Completely revised workplace sanitation guidelines (Arbeitsstättenrichtlinie – ASR “A4.1 Sanitärräume”) for example, came into force in Germany in September 2013. Modernisation and adaptation to technical innovations Ongoing developments in materials and technical innovations should be taken into account in renovating public sanitary facilities. Hygienic, water-saving and sensor-operated taps and fittings; nonporous, hard materials; very robust toilet partitions; and paper-less, fast-drying and environmentally friendly hand dryers are examples of products that can profoundly influence the overall impression and operating and maintenance costs of sanitary facilities. One consideration that is frequently examined in renovating public sanitary facilities is whether it would be more cost-effective in the overall scheme of things to replace disposable paper towels with air dryers with low electricity use. The additional power consumption of air dryers is then compared with the costs and energy used in manufacturing, transporting and disposing of paper towels. Aesthetics may also play a role in this decision. Air dryers are usually very evident in the overall design, but on the other hand, used paper towels will no

9

longer be thrown carelessly onto the floor. Paper dispensers, rubbish bins and storage for extra paper can also be dispensed with. Reducing water consumption is an important aspect to consider when replacing sanitary objects. Old taps, fittings and toilets should be replaced with water-saving ones during renovations; toilets and urinals without flush rims are more hygienic. Attention should also be paid to the proportion of tile joints in surfaces (see Joints and joining materials, p. 67). Lighting Possible changes to a lighting situation depend largely on the extent of the planned renovation. Installing new, modern lighting technology with remote lighting controls and movement or daylight sensors usually involves extensive modifications to the electrical system. Replacing lights and illuminants and adding switches and dimmers as part of smaller measures is often enough to create a major effect. Lights with integrated daylight and movement sensors are now available, so even in the absence of installation prerequisites, lighting can be controlled to respond to daylight and users’ needs. These lighting systems also often feature so-called master-slave switch systems, which allow lights to be switched on and off or dimmed together based on a “reference light”. Before installing LED lights, it is advisable to check and evaluate the quality of light and probable energy savings they will offer. Special aspects of renovations Guidelines and generally accepted codes of engineering practice apply equally to renovations (see Technology and construction, p. 39ff.), but some special features must be taken into account in planning.

Renovation and modernisation

8 Decoupling critical substratum, such as wooden joist floors, when laying tiles during the renovation of an old building. 9 Tiles on tiles. Extra-thin tiles take up less space. 10 Electrical in-floor heating laid in a mortar bed 10 Tiles and substrata

If a bathroom is planned where none has previously existed, the current substrata must be inspected. Large-format tiles in particular need a solid, even substratum to prevent cracks forming due to friction and movement. The wooden structures (wooden beam ceilings) often found in old buildings harbour a danger of soft and moving substrata, which must be decoupled from the tiling (Fig. 8). This can be done by installing tile-backing board, which absorbs movement. For private bathrooms and renovations of public sanitary facilities, the option of adhering new tiles onto existing ones can be considered (Fig. 9). The advantages and disadvantages should be weighed up in each case. If this kind of floor is installed, the old tiles do not have to be removed, which produces less rubble during construction. This method is fast and cost-effective, but it does have some disadvantages. It makes the bathroom somewhat smaller, which is not usually a problem, but can reduce the necessary minimum distances between objects and walls or floors. Existing walls and floors are also often uneven, so they have to be pretreated, smoothed level and evened out. If the existing tiles are not properly adhered and bonded with the wall, there is a risk of cracks forming or tiles breaking, even after the new tiles are glued on top. The substratum and application of adhesive under new tiles must be very precise so that there are no voids, which can cause unpleasant noises or the breaking of the new tiles. Connection details must be checked and adjusted where necessary (flush-mounted mirrors, sanitation connections, and transitions to flush plaster surfaces). If the room is subsequently renovated, two layers of tiles will have to be removed. Because

old tiles are often laid in a thick bed of mortar, removing them can add an additional 3 cm to the room per tiled wall. A new layer of tiles on the ground makes the floor higher, making it necessary to shorten doors and install a threshold to the adjoining room. Technical building equipment

Existing floors are not usually deep enough for the installation of ordinary, water-bearing in-floor heating. If this is the case, a shallow electric surface heating system with the heat conductors laid directly under the floor covering can be installed (Fig. 10). For safety reasons, these cannot be installed in wet areas near floor-level showers. Instead of a conventional radiator, installing a radiator in the form of a towel rail adds to users’ comfort and convenience. If the room has not had a hot water supply, radiators can usually be connected to the existing central heating system. If this is not technically feasible (e.g. because the pipe routing would be too long), electrical, decentralised devices, such as a boiler or hot water storage tank, may be a reasonable alternative.

[1] Results of a baseline survey commissioned by the German Sanitary Industry Association (VDS) and the German Association for Consumer Research (GfK), carried out in 2011/2012. [2] ibid.

95

Examples of projects

98

Conversion of the Alte Hofbibliothek in Donaueschingen (D) Gäbele & Raufer, Donaueschingen

100

Public toilet in Innsbruck (A) Rainer Köberl and Daniela Kröss, Innsbruck

102

Sanitary facility at the ferry harbour in Rødøy (N) Carl-Viggo Hølmebakk, Oslo

103

Hotel floor in Madrid (E) Zaha Hadid Architects, London

104

Hotel in Obanazawa (J) Kengo Kuma & Associates, Tokyo

106

Klosterinsel Rheinau (CH) Bembé Dellinger Architekten und Stadtplaner, Greifenberg

108

Detached family house in Sollentuna (S) Claesson Koivisto Rune Architects, Stockholm

110

Holiday house in Linescio (CH) Buchner Bründler Architekten, Basel Daniel Buchner, Andreas Bründler

112

Herzog-Ulrich Primary School in Lauffen am Neckar (D) Coast Office Architecture, Stuttgart Lehmann und Schiefer, Lauffen am Neckar

114

Primary school sports hall at Tempelhof Field in Berlin (D) ludloff + ludloff Architekten, Berlin

97

Conversion of the Alte Hofbibliothek in Donaueschingen (D)

Architects: Contributors:

Gäbele & Raufer, Donaueschingen Lukas Gäbele, Tanja Raufer, Frank Isenmann, Bettina Frei

Built at the behest of the Fürstenburg princes between 1732 and 1735, this building in the centre of Donaueschingen was converted in 1860 into the court library (Hofbibliothek). After standing empty for years, it was given new life in 2011 when an event space moved into the basement, a restaurant and gallery into the mezzanine, a technology museum for children into the first floor, and more event spaces into the second floor. To leave the shell-bearing limestone (Muschelkalk) masonry walls, now free of plaster, as untouched as possible, the event space toilets were installed in the basement in a separate small booth with a gable and pitched roof, creating a room inside a room. Its exposed concrete walls are covered with a floral ornament, which was astonishingly easily made by laying a patterned, textured wallpaper template in the formwork. Colourful pink and blue partitions, doors and washbasins contrast with the grey concrete surface. Warm gold and yellow colours and a free-standing washbasin in the middle of the anteroom are predominant features in the toilets on the upper floor.

Cross section • floor plan Scale 1:400 1 2 3 4 5 6

Foyer Toilets Baby changing room Catering Event space Technology

aa

2 1 3

4

5

5

a

2nd floor

5

5

6 2

Basement

98

a

1

5

7

8

9

10 12

11

Toilet block, basement

Toilet, 2nd floor

Cross section • floor plan Scale 1:100 Washbasin details Scale 1:20

13 14

15

16

17

11

7 Wooden formwork 24 mm, Concrete coloured paintwork Rafters 120/60 mm 8 Steel-reinforced concrete slab 140 mm 9 Lighting element 40 mm 10 Plumbing wall, drywall 2≈ 12.5 mm, Painted blue and pink 11 Floor coating Synthetic resin 8 mm Steel-reinf. concr. slab 240 mm In-floor heating Perimeter insulation 120 mm Ground

12 Free-standing washbasin MDF 30 mm, bevelled edges 13 Steel-reinforced concrete partition 120 mm, ornamental exposed concrete surface 14 MDF 30 mm, covered with priming foil, painted blue and pink, front completely retractable 15 Round hole for paper towel disposal Ø 120 mm 16 Countertop washbasin, ceramic, hand-made, circular Ø 480 mm, h = 80 mm 17 Slot in MDF panel for a paper towel box

99

Public toilet in Innsbruck (A)

Architects:

Rainer Köberl and Daniela Kröss, Innsbruck

After many years and several failed attempts to build a public toilet in Innsbruck’s historic centre, the chance to do so was seized on when space became free on the ground floor of the city’s historic tower (Stadtturm). The entry to the new sanitary facility, a black wood and glass structure, is in the pedestrian passage leading to the inner courtyard of the historic town hall (Rathaus) and also offers space for the people who sell entry tickets for the Stadtturm and monitor its entrance. The architects created a design that

100

makes playful use of the tight space without interfering with the substance of the old tower’s gallery. Skilfully positioned gold-anodised aluminium partition walls, most open at the top, and black 15 mm thick cast terrazzo shape the overall impression of this room within the tower’s white medieval walls and vaulted structure. Black ceramic tiles behind the sanitary objects and aluminium cladding form a smooth coloured transition from the floor to the wall, merging all the elements into a consistent whole and highlighting various features within the room.

In the women’s toilet, a floor-to-ceiling mirror echoes the form of the historic vault, suggesting depth and space in the room. Essential accessories, such as the soap dispenser, hand dryer and rubbish bin, are made of matt stainless steel, and their simplicity fits in harmoniously with the room’s overall design. There is a baby changing table and a barrier-free toilet in both the men’s and women’s toilets. The doors of the barrierfree toilet can be automatically opened with a button, while the other toilet cubicles have sliding doors.

a

6 6

5 4

2

a 3

1

Floor plan Scale 1:200

Cross section Scale 1:50

1 2

7 Masonry, existing building 8 Steel-reinforced concrete ceiling slab 200 mm 9 Built-in lighting strip 10 Black tiles 8 mm, Format 100 ≈ 100 mm, adhered to plaster Primary wall, brick 115 mm Masonry, natural stone, existing building

3 4 5 6

Passage Stadtturm ticket office/counter Cleaners’ room / utilities Women’s toilet Men’s toilet Barrier-free toilet

8

10

11 Aluminium panel partition, gold-anodised, 2 mm, on a tubular steel structure, Filling, mineral wool 12 Cast terrazzo, black, 15 mm Heating screed 70 mm Footfall noise insulation 30 mm Filling 65 mm Sealing 10 mm Steel reinforced floor slab 150 mm Insulation 100 mm

7

9

11

12

aa

101

Sanitary facility at the ferry harbour in Rødøy (N)

Architects: Contributors:

Carl-Viggo Hølmebakk, Oslo Carl-Viggo Hølmebakk (project manager), Rickard Riesenfeld, Manthey Kula (preliminary design)

Jektvik is a small village in the Norwegian municipality of Rødøy, a few kilometres from the Arctic Circle. At the town’s ferry landing stage is a small service building containing a waiting room, a utilities room and two toilets, one of them designed to meet the needs of the disabled. A widely projecting roof protects the front part from the weather, and the building’s translucent external skin makes it look like a sculptural illuminated lantern, especially at night and in the dark months of the year. The modular load-bearing structure of the exterior walls and roof is made of aluminium and was completely prefabricated then transported in six pieces to its current location. With the glazed facade, the architects “reversed” the principle of structural glazing and clad the load-bearing structure on the inside with translucent insulating glass elements, which offer smooth, easy-to-clean surfaces and form a consistent whole with the foil-laminated glass partition walls. The aluminium structure is seamlessly clad on the outside with UV-resistant, glass fibre-reinforced plastic (on wooden slats) – a reference to the local technique of repairing fishing boats. The technical installations and lighting are situated between the glass and plastic layers and are visible through the translucent skin. Strips of LED lights and downlights focus light on sanitary objects. Steel gratings encircle the building and ventilate its doubleshelled facade and rooms. The rooms’ colours and visual contrast were designed for people with visual impairments, and the entire building offers barrier-free access.

102

Cross section 1

2

3

4

5

Scale 1:100

Roof and wall cladding, glass fibre-reinforced plastic 2 mm, UV-resistant, pine slats 48/48 mm PE foil sealing Load-bearing structure, aluminium profile ¡ 100/50/5 mm Cross bracing, aluminium profile | 50/50/3 mm Entry facade: insulating glazing, laminated with translucent foil on laminated safety glass 2≈ 6 mm, adhered to aluminium brackets Interior partition wall: Insulating glazing translucent /coloured, foil-laminated, made of laminated safety glass 2≈ 6 mm + space between panes + single-pane clear glass 6 mm Epoxy resin coating Prefabricated steel-reinforced concrete element 75 mm 5 with in-floor heating Sealing, double-layered Insulation 100 mm Steel grating

1

3

2

4

5

Hotel floor in Madrid (E)

4 3

1

Floor plan guest rooms Scale 1:100 5 Architects: Contributors:

Zaha Hadid Architects, London Woody Yao, Thomas Vietzke, Yael Brosilovski, Patrik Schumacher, Ken Bostock, Mirco Becker

1 2

2 3 4 5

Bathroom Cupboard with a sliding door Bed Writing desk Bench

Twelve international designers and architects were each given an opportunity to design a floor in the Hotel Puerta America in Madrid. The only specification was a floor plan with a small foyer, 28 guest rooms and two suites on each floor. Otherwise, the client left the rooms’ design completely up to the imagination of the designers, who created a series of very different floors. The first floor, which Zaha Hadid transformed into a futuristic looking 3-D landscape, is particularly striking. Here, the room’s floors, walls and ceilings seem to merge seamlessly into each other. Essential furniture, such as the bed, desk, armchair and cupboard, form a single surface with constantly changing curves. No right angles or hard edges disrupt this spatial sculpture in snowy white and midnight black. The bathrooms, in orange, black and white colours, also look “of a piece”. In a space of just 4 m2 – the floor space of a conventional hotel bathroom – a bathtub, two washbasins, a toilet and shelves in curving forms flow seamlessly into each other; even the towel rails and rubbish bins fit in completely naturally. This unusual interior landscape is made of a thermally formable, acrylic-bonded mineral material. Its substructure, made of moisture-resistant veneer plywood, was mounted on site, and once all the connecting pipes were integrated into it, the prefabricated plastic parts were attached and then sanded so that the joints were no longer visible. The mineral material forms a non-porous surface that is very easy to maintain and impact and scratchresistant. Lighting was also integrated into this fluid landscape, with indirect light reinforcing the rooms’ plastic effect.

103

Hotel in Obanazawa (J)

7

6

5

8 3

8

Architects: Contributor:

Kengo Kuma & Associates, Tokyo Makoto Shirahama

Obanazawa, in the snowy northern reaches of Honshu, Japan’s main island, is famed for its hot springs (onsen). Traditional Japanese guesthouses crowd along the Ginzan River. During modernisation of the “Ginzan Onsen Fujiya” guesthouse, whose history goes back 350 years, the existing building was largely dismantled and rebuilt using both old and new elements. Crossing an entry area partitioned by a pool and semi-transparent sliding glass panels, visitors reach the guesthouse’s spacious two-storey foyer. Adjoining it are the typical onsen baths, built for traditional Japanese bathing rituals with a cleaning area for showering in and the onsen area with thermal baths, complemented by a small open space. On the second floor is another shared outdoor bathing area, where views of the outdoors can be modified by vertical slatted frames and an opaque acrylic glass partition. In these shared baths, individual materials used in the wall and ceiling cladding, such as bamboo and hiba wood, are deliberately highlighted. The guest rooms are located in the upper floors. The spacious rooms, featuring tatami matting and a clear formal language, each contain a bathroom with a washbasin and bathtub made of wood. Sparsely distributed, clearly designed furniture in the foyer and guest rooms that was specially designed for the project helps to create modern, contemplative rooms in a traditional shell. Together with indirect lighting and carefully selected views, they offer a calm, relaxed atmosphere.

104

Ground floor

1

2

4

8 9

11

10

2nd floor

Floor plan Scale 1:400 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 10 11

Vertical cross section, bathroom Scale 1:20

Water pool Entrance Entry hall Café Kitchen Office Changing room / common room for staff Shared baths Guest room Dining area Loggia

12

19 Stainless steel rail, curved for indirect lighting 20 Filling, rounded gravel Screed 20 mm Sealing 21 Hiba wood tub 22 Hiba wood slats 12/40 mm (spacing 10.5 mm) Slats 20/40 mm Slats 90/90 mm 23 Aomori-hiba wood washbasin 24 Hiba wood slats 12/40 mm (spacing 21 mm), Slats 20/50 mm 25 Bamboo cladding, vertical

12 Elm decking 30 /100 mm (spacing 102 mm) Elm slats 30 /50 mm 13 Laminated safety glass pane, etched 14 Wooden beam 60/120 mm 15 Ventilation opening 16 Stainless steel cover profile 17 Elm shuttering, vertical, offset 15 mm (visible width 100 mm) slats 15/40 mm 18 Hiba wood slats 12/40 (spacing 33 mm) Hiba wood cladding 15 mm Damp room panel 9 mm Slats 25/40 mm Insulating panel, polyurethane, 26 mm Sealing Steel-reinforced concrete 150 mm

13

15

15

14

24

15 16

16

17

18

25

23 18

21

16 16 19

20

22 20

16

105

Klosterinsel Rheinau (CH)

Architects: Contributors:

Bembé Dellinger Architekten und Stadtplaner, Greifenberg Carolin Mayer, Björn Manns, Asja Boese, Hannes Pernthaler, Janosch Boderke, Maria DoloresHermosilla

The cloister island of Rheinau in the canton of Zurich lies in a double loop of the Rhine. With a history stretching as far back as 778, the building was used not as a cloister but as a psychiatric clinic after 1867. In 2014, a music rehearsal centre with 64 rooms and 16 rehearsal rooms was installed in this cultural heritage building. Its rooms were renovated in keeping with historic building conservation principles and its utilities updated to meet current requirements. The goal was to integrate the new usage while intervening as little as possible in the building’s existing substance. A number of large, historically valuable rooms became rehearsal rooms. Former hospital rooms and cloister cells on the first and second floors became guest rooms, most of them doubles but some also dormitories. Inspired by the concept of a Carthusian cell, all the rooms’ essential functions are integrated into the furniture. A wet room element contains a shower, toilet and washbasin plus sufficient storage space in a kind of separate case. This wooden box makes it possible to treat the existing building’s old halftimbered walls and various positions of the doors in individual rooms with respect. All the necessary pipes and cables are routed through the furniture and fittings, leaving existing walls and ceilings untouched. A mechanical ventilation system using heat recovery and energy-efficient ventilators provides a continuous exchange of air in the shower and toilet. The materials used were limited to white-painted MDF board for the furniture and acrylic-bonded mineral material for lining the shower niche.

106

1st floor

Floor plan Scale 1:2,000 Floor plan • room cross section Scale 1:50

1 2 3 4 5 6

Wet cell room, type 1 Toilet Shower Swing door, sanitised, toughened safety glass 8 mm Built in shelves Double room

7 Suspended ceiling (existing building) 8 Space for building technology installation 9 Wet room ceiling: MDF panel ceiling cladding, white, painted 16 –19 mm, attached to concealed wooden battens, with inspection hatch Mineral wool insulation 50 mm, closely joined, black underside, fleece-clad Support structure: wide span support profile fi 50 mm Cross beam, aluminium profile fi 50 mm, hung from mounting rail Edge beam aluminium profile black fi 50 mm 10 Wall cladding, MDF panels, painted white, 19 mm Substructure, wooden battens Drywall cladding (existing building) 18 mm, masonry (existing building) 11 Wall lamp, aluminium-glass casing horizontal 1100 mm 12 Mirror 1100 ≈ 1250 mm Wall cladding, acrylic-bonded mineral material, white 6 mm Support plate 19 mm 13 Washbasin, acrylic-bonded mineral material 500 ≈ 1100 mm Hand towel rail, stainless steel 14 Acrylic-bonded mineral material, white 6 mm, support plate 19 mm 15 Shower bath, acrylic-bonded mineral material, on a frame, height-adjustable 16 Linoleum 2 mm Floor structure (existing building): Particle board 27 mm Bonded fill Wooden beam floor

6

7 3

8

4 10

a

9

11

a 1

2

14

5

12

4 13 16

14 15

aa

107

Detached family house in Sollentuna (S)

4 4

3

2 1

5 6

Architects: Contributors:

Claesson Koivisto Rune Architects, Stockholm Mårten Claesson, Eero Koivisto, Ola Rune, Lotti Engstrand

A detached family house in Sollentuna, a Swedish town northwest of Stockholm, was extended with an L-shaped annex built around an oak tree in the garden, which was to be preserved. The upstairs master bathroom is clad with hexagonal tiles measuring 20 ≈ 23 cm, which cover the walls, floor and ceiling throughout. Slender white lines radiating across dark green, 12 mm thick cement tiles like dandelion seed heads and tile joints in the same width and colour form a pattern of thin lines that cover the surrounding surfaces like a net. A white, free-standing sanitary acrylic bathtub contrasts strikingly with this background. A frameless sheet of glass separates the floor-level shower from the washbasin and toilet areas. All the tiles for the bathrooms in the house were designed by the architects, together with a Swedish tile manufacturer, then made by hand in Morocco using a traditional manufacturing method. The templates for the metal forms used to make the cement tiles came from southern Spain.

Floor plan, upper floor

Bathroom wall elements

Bathroom floor plan Floor plan, first floor Scale 1:400 Floor plan • wall elements Scale 1:50 Tiles Scale 1:5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

108

Bedroom Bathroom Living room Children’s room Workroom /gallery Open to below Cement tile 12 mm, handmade

7

109

Holiday house in Linescio (CH)

Architects:

Contributors:

Buchner Bründler Architekten, Basel, Daniel Buchner, Andreas Bründler Hellade Miozzari, Beda Klein

This 200-year-old stone house in Linescio, about 30 km from Locarno, was converted into a holiday house by the architects. Their goal was to retain the old house’s substance as far as possible, which resulted in the idea of an unusual extension. Planned as a summer residence, heating, new windows and insulation were all dispensed with, and the facade was kept in its original condition. From the outside, the only change visible is a glass door to the garden and a new concrete chimney. Inside, however, a separate concrete structure – a “house inside a house” – was built inside the existing walls, opening with tall folding shutters to the south and west. Concrete was poured layer upon layer through the opened roof. The pre-existing walls served as permanent “lost” formwork, with the untreated and exposed concrete surface facing the room’s interior reproducing their vibrant wooden board texture. To make the interior appear larger, the wooden ceiling under the hayloft above was removed. The 6-metre-high space, now open up to the roof ridge, contains the living and dining area, a fireplace, a sleeping niche on the gallery and the toilet. In the new extension, a wooden log cabin structure once used for drying sweet chestnuts, all the new elements are made of concrete, so the bathtub, set into the floor, and kitchen workbench with integrated sink are all “of a piece”. The fittings and drains for the taps were specially developed for the project and are custom pieces made by tradesmen. The washbasin in the main building is also made of concrete in a niche that forms part of the wall. The bathtub and washbasin were concreted insitu, i.e. manufactured using conventional methods and craftsmanship, as once was customary. No special surface protection was applied.

110

3

a 4

a

5

6

1

2

aa

Cross section • floor plan Scale 1:200 1 2 3 4 5 6

Entrance Living/dining area Open fireplace Kitchen Bathroom Sleeping gallery

Cross section Washbasin • bathtub Scale 1:10 7 Washbasin element in the kitchen: made of concrete on site, then fitted 8 Tap 9 Concrete 100 mm, finely smoothed installation concrete as a base for sanitary construction Existing ground 10 Shower pipe, stainless steel, set in concrete 11 Stainless steel sheeting 5 mm 12 Stainless steel inlet box set in concrete

10 7

8

9

11

8

12

111

Herzog-Ulrich Primary School in Lauffen am Neckar (D)

1 2 10

6 Architects:

Architects (site management):

Coast Office Architecture, Stuttgart Zlatko Antolovic, Alexander Wendlik Lehmann und Schiefer, Lauffen am Neckar

This listed school building, dating from 1907, is part of the historic landscape of the wine-growing town of Lauffen am Neckar. The building and its sanitary facilities were renovated and a new emergency staircase built to meet the current requirements of school life as well as to comply with regulations for listed buildings. The evident “spatial furniture” or architectural implants added to the existing building define spaces, demarcate specific areas and distance themselves equally from the existing historic building. Fresh colours give the building a radiant appearance. Its pink emergency staircase, green washroom on the ground floor and violet secretary’s office upstairs stand out as new elements. The colours’ intensity is proportionate to the average duration of a room’s use. Rooms or areas used for just short periods, such as the washroom or staircase, have more intense colours, while classrooms and teachers’ rooms are white. On the ground floor, a walk-in “coloured cell” marks out a shared washing area as the entrance to the girls’, boys’ and teachers’ toilets. The room’s homogeneous green design and the sculptural washbasin at its centre, in which inset chrome washbasins reflect and distort elements and people, create an especially surreal space that engages the perception as well as senses. A consistent, intensely green epoxy resin coating covers the walls, floor and ceiling, while rounded corners give the room a homogeneous and fluid feeling. Natural light shines in through orange acrylic glass holes. A hand dryer is integrated into one of the holes in the wall.

112

3 7

8

9 2

4

2

5 1

2

2

11

12

Floor plan Scale 1:500

15

13

16

17

14

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Entrance Class room Shared washroom Boys’ toilet Girls’ toilet Male teachers’ toilet Female teachers’ toilet Barrier-free toilet Staircase (new) Lift (new)

21 Detailed cross section of washroom (Hand dryer, round skylights, washbasin unit with inspection hatch) Scale 1:5

22 23

11 Acrylic glass, opaque white and orange, 2≈ 3 mm 12 Acrylic glass pipe orange Ø 100 – 457/3 mm 13 Drywall, coated with green epoxy resin 2≈ 12.5 mm 14 Wood composite board, painted green, 12 mm 15 Hand dryers 16 Plastic pipe Ø 100/3 mm 17 Substructure pipe routing, MDF board 12 mm 18 Acrylic glass pipe green, coated, sanded Ø 400/5 mm 19 Hollow fillet profile, rigid PU foam with a radius of 100 mm, green, epoxy resin-coated 20 Green screed, epoxy resin-coated 60 mm 21 Prefabricated laminated wood element 40 mm with a radius of 100 mm, green, epoxy resincoated 22 Edge protection, encircling stainless steel band 40/2 mm 23 Inset stainless steel ring 30/2 mm, welded 24 Inspection hatch, veneered plywood, painted green 18 mm 25 Hollow fillet profile, rigid PU foam with a radius of 50 mm, green, epoxy resin-coated

18

24

19 20

25

113

1

Primary school sports hall at Tempelhof Field in Berlin (D) 3

4

4

2

3

5

Architects: Contributors:

ludloff+ludloff Architekten, Berlin Dennis Hawner (project manager), Andrea Böhm, Gabriella Looke

After extensive renovation, a primary school ensemble at Tempelhof Field, built in the 1950s, again exemplifies the leafy, spacious urban planning typical of the period of its construction. Various modifications had greatly impaired the form and function of the sports hall, which is accessed along a roofed walkway extending from the main building. The architects’ task was to upgrade the building’s energy systems in compliance with appropriate modern standards and to reinterpret the quality of its former design. To do this, they freed the hall’s filigree concrete structure of all superfluous ele-

ments and installed new insulation in the ceiling and floors. Other areas were also upgraded: The sports hall’s sanitary facilities were gutted and the complex of changing rooms, corridors and wet rooms straightened out, providing the children with two spacious changing rooms with benches along their walls. In the middle of each stands a sculptural “shower object”, with showers and washbasins standing open. Light colours and coloured glass mosaic in red and green create new highlights that harmonise with the existing structure. Lights set into the existing exposed steel cap ceiling system

shed a pleasant, even light in the changing rooms. As part of the new energy concept, solar collectors are used to heat the hot water. Pre-warmed air from adjoining rooms streams into the sports hall. By combining careful dismantling with a balanced interplay of light, colour and material, the architects succeeded in highlighting the sports hall’s original lightness.

Floor plan 1 2 3 4 5

Scale 1:500

Roofed walkway Foyer Changing room/shower Equipment room Outdoor sports equipment storeroom

Floor plan, shower sculpture Scale 1:50 Cross section, annex Scale 1:20 6 Sealing, PU coating Insulation, mineral fibre material 120 mm Moisture barrier Concrete coffered ceiling, approx. 200 mm (existing building) Drywall slab, screwed on, smoothed, 2≈ 6.5 mm 7 Lights 8 Wood panel 160/3550 mm Stainless steel substructure, round profile 9 Cement plaster 15 mm Mineral wool insulation 100 mm (existing building) Brickwork 365 mm (existing building) Gypsum plaster 15 mm 10 Wooden bench, oak, concealed glued joints, oiled 40 mm Steel profile console, painted T 35/35 mm 11 PU coating, blue 2 mm Smoothing 2.5 mm, cement screed 50 mm Insulation 40 + 45 mm Bituminous sealing Steel-reinforced concrete slab approx. 160 mm (existing building) Insulation, lightweight wood fibre board 2≈ 40 mm 12 PU coating, white 2 mm Smoothing 2.5 mm Wet room system slab, cement-bonded 20 mm, cement screed 45 mm Insulation 35 + 40 mm Sealing bituminous 13 Mosaic tiles 5/25/25 mm, adhered to a cement-bonded, wet-room slab 2≈ 12.5 mm Substructure, steel profile, zinc-coated ‰ 50/50 mm

114

a

13

a

1

2

4

5

8 7

6

aa

115

Appendix

Authors

Contributors

Standards, guidelines

Sibylle Kramer Architect 1987–1994 studied architecture at the HAW Hamburg, receiving her degree in 1994; 1994 – 2001 worked with gmp Architekten in Hamburg, from 1999 the firm's Chief Representative in Beijing, China; 2001 founding partner of Kramer Biwer Mau Architekten, where she won various awards and enjoyed success in a number of competitions; from 2005 has worked as an author and since 2009 sat on various juries; 2011 founded SKA SIBYLLE KRAMER ARCHITEKTEN, Hamburg; she has received various awards and enjoyed success in a range of competitions

Wiebke Vettermann Contributed to all chapters Architect 1999 – 2007 studied architecture at the Bauhaus University Weimar, graduating in 2007. Until 2009 she was a research assistant at the Bauhaus University Weimar (Chair of Design and Building Construction); 2010 – 2012 worked at Gerber Architekten GmbH, Hamburg, from 2012 Project Manager at SKA, Hamburg

Sanitary tapware standards DIN EN 200 Sanitary tapware – Single taps and combination taps for water supply systems of type 1 and type 2 – General technical specification. 2008-10 DIN EN 246 Sanitary tapware – General specifications for flow rate regulators. 2003-11 DIN EN 248 Sanitary tapware – General specification for electrodeposited coatings of Ni-Cr. 2003-01 DIN EN 816 Sanitary tapware – Automatic shut-off valves PN 10. 1997-01 DIN EN 817 Sanitary tapware – Mechanical mixing valves (PN 10) – General technical specifications. 2008-09 DIN EN 1111 Sanitary tapware – Thermostatic mixing valves (PN 10) – General technical specification. 1998-08 DIN EN 1112 Sanitary tapware – Shower outlets for sanitary tapware for water supply systems of type 1 and type 2 – General technical specification. 2008-06 DIN EN 1113 Sanitary tapware – Shower hoses for sanitary tapware for water supply systems of type 1 and type 2 – General technical specifications. 2011-05 DIN EN 1286 Sanitary tapware – Lowpressure mechanical mixing valves – General technical specifications. 1999-06 DIN EN 1287 Sanitary tapware – Lowpressure thermostatic mixing valves – General technical specifications. 1999-06 DIN 3227 Valves for potable water supply in buildings – Angle service valves – Requirements and tests. 2008-04 DIN 3266 Valves for drinking water installations on private premises – Anti-vacuum valve Types D and E – Requirements and tests. 2009-05 DIN 3509 Valves for potable water supply in buildings – Draw-off taps (PN 10) – Requirements and tests. 2010-06 DIN 3546 Stop valves for domestic water supply – Part 1: General requirements and tests for manually operated piston-type gate valves of special design, gate valves and diaphragm valves, Technical rule of the DVGW. 2011-01 DIN EN 12 541 Sanitary tapware – Pressure flushing valves and automatic closing urinal valves PN 10. 2003-03 DIN 68 904 Kitchen equipment; sanitary water fittings, concepts. 1976-09 DIN EN 1112 Low-resistance shower outlets for sanitary tapware. 2003-12 DIN EN 1113 Low-resistance shower hoses for sanitary tapware. 2003-12 DIN EN 15 091 Sanitary tapware – Electronic opening and closing sanitary tapware. 2014-03 DIN EN 15 092 Building valves – Inline hot water supply tempering valves – Tests and requirements. 2008-09 DIN EN 16 145:2013-03 Sanitary tapware – Extractable outlets for sink and basin mixers – General technical specification. Draft standard. 2013-03

Katja Winkelmann Architect, IALD After training as a technical draftsperson, received a technical baccalaureate in Hamburg, going on to study architecture at the HAW Hamburg, graduating in 1998; she then worked in various engineering and lighting planning firms; since 1991 freelance independent light planner, 2001 founded the Licht 01 Lighting Design firm (www.licht01.de), various teaching posts and publications on the topic of light and lighting planning. Professional Member of the International Association of Lighting Designers

Helen Gührer Contributed to the chapter on “Renovations” Architect 2002–2009 studied architecture at the TU Dresden and École d’architecture Paris-Val de Seine, graduating in 2009 from TU Dresden; 2009 – 2010 worked at Kramer Biwer Mau Architekten, from 2011 Project Manager at SKA, Hamburg. Alexander Güth Contributed to the chapter on “Construction and technology” Architect 1996 – 2000 studied civil engineering at the University of Applied Sciences Oldenburg, graduating in 2000, then worked at Ingenieurgesellschaft Nordwest; 2000 – 2005 studied architecture at the University of Applied Sciences Oldenburg, graduating in 2005; 2005 – 2010 worked at the architecture firm of Johannes Schneider, Bremen, then at BN Architekten borchardt. nentwig, Hamburg, from 2011 Project Manager at SKA, Hamburg Simon Martin Ranzenberger Contributed to the chapter on “Sustainability” Architect After training as a draughtsman 1999 – 2006 studied architecture at the Muthesius University Kiel, graduating in 2006; 2003 – 2004 worked at Jones, Partners: Architecture, Los Angeles, 2007– 2011 worked at gmp, Hamburg, from 2011 Project Manager at SKA, Hamburg.

116

DIN EN 16 146:2015-02 Sanitary tapware – Extractable shower hoses for sanitary tapware for supply systems type 1 and type 2 – General technical specifications. Draft standard. 2015-02 Sanitary appliances standards DIN EN 31:2014-07 Washbasins – Connecting dimensions. 2014-07 DIN EN 33:2011-11 WC pans and WC suites – Connecting dimensions. 2011-11 DIN EN 198 Sanitary appliances – Baths made from crosslinked cast acrylic sheets – Requirements and test methods. 2008-11 DIN EN 232 Baths – Connecting dimensions. 2013-01 DIN EN 249 Sanitary appliances – Shower trays made from crosslinked cast acrylic sheets – Requirements and test methods. 2010-11 DIN EN 251 Shower trays – Connecting dimensions. 2013-01 DIN EN 263 Sanitary appliances – Crosslinked cast acrylic sheets for baths and shower trays for domestic purposes. Draft standard. 2006-09 DIN EN 274 Waste fittings for sanitary appliances – Part 1: Requirements; Part 2: Test methods; Part 3: Quality control. 2002-05 DIN EN 997 WC pans and WC suites with integral trap. 2012-05 DIN EN ISO 10 545-6 Ceramic tiles – Part 6: Determination of resistance to deep abrasion for unglazed tiles. 2012-05 DIN EN ISO 10 545-9 Ceramic tiles – Part 9: Determination of resistance to thermal shock. Draft standard. 2011-12 DIN EN ISO 10 545-16 Ceramic tiles – Part 16: Determination of small colour differences. 2012-05 DIN EN 12 004 Adhesives for tiles – Requirements, evaluation of conformity, classification and designation. 2014-02 and Corrigendum 1. 2014-04 DIN EN 12 057 Natural stone products – Modular tiles – Requirements. Draft standard. 2012-01 DIN 12 764 Sanitary appliances – Specification for whirlpool baths. 2008-04 DIN EN 12 808-4 Grouts for tiles – Part 4: Determination of shrinkage. 2009-10 DIN EN 13 888 Grout for tiles – Requirements, evaluation of conformity, classification and designation. 2009-08 DIN EN 14 055 WC and urinal flushing cisterns. 2011-02 DIN EN 14 296 Sanitary appliances – Communal washing troughs. 2005-08 DIN EN 14 411 Ceramic tiles – Definitions, classification, characteristics, evaluation of conformity and marking. 2012-02 DIN EN 14 428 Shower enclosures – Functional requirements and test method. 2008-04 DIN EN 14 428 Shower enclosures – Functional requirements and test methods. Draft standard. 2012-01 DIN EN 14 516 Baths for domestic purposes. 2010-12 DIN EN 14 527 Shower trays for domestic purposes. 2010-12

Appendix

DIN EN 14 528 Bidets – Functional requirements and test methods. 2007-07 DIN EN 14 688 Sanitary appliances – Washbasins – Functional requirements and test methods. 2007-02 DIN EN 14 891 Liquid-applied waterimpermeable products for use beneath ceramic tiling bonded with adhesives – Requirements, test methods, evaluation of conformity, classification and designation. 2012-07 DIN EN 15 200 Sanitary appliances – Multifunction shower cabinets. 2007-08 and Corrigendum. 2011-05 DIN EN 15 285 Agglomerated stone – Modular tiles for flooring and stairs (internal and external). 2008-09 DIN EN 15 334 Sanitary appliances – Methacrylic dispersions of high filler content. 2007-05 DIN EN 15 636 Sanitary appliances – Shower trays made from impactmodified extruded acrylic sheets – Requirements and test methods. 2010-11 DIN EN 15 651-3 Sealants for nonstructural use in joints in buildings and pedestrian walkways – Part 3: Sealants for sanitary joints. 2012-12 DIN EN 15 719 Sanitary appliances – Baths made from impact-modified coextruded ABS /acrylic sheets – Requirements and test methods. 2010-04 DIN EN 15 720 Sanitary appliances – Shower trays made from impactmodified coextruded ABS/acrylic sheets – Requirements and test methods. 2010-04 DIN CEN / TS 16 165 Determination of slip resistance of pedestrian surfaces – Methods of evaluation. 2012-07 DIN EN 16 194 Mobile non-sewerconnected toilet cabins – Requirements of services and products relating to the deployment of cabins and sanitary products. 2012-05 DIN 18 040 Construction of accessible buildings – Design principles – Part 1: Publicly accessible buildings. 2010-10; Part 2: Dwellings. Draft standard. 2009-02 DIN 18 861 Equipment for commercial kitchens – Dishwashing facilities and sinks – Part 3: Hand rinse basin, requirements and testing. 2008-03; Part 4: Wastewater sink, Requirements and testing. 2008-03; Part 5: Combination hand rinse basin and wastewater sink, requirements and testing. 2008-03 DIN EN 60 335; VDE 0700-21 Household and similar electrical appliances – Safety; Part 2-21: Particular requirements for storage water heaters. 2011-02; Part 2-35: Particular requirements for instantaneous water heaters. 2009-01; Part 2-105: Particular requirements for multifunctional shower cabinets. 2009-03 DIN EN 60 598 Luminaires – Part 2-18: Particular requirements – Luminaires for swimming pools and similar applications, Corrigendum. 2013-08 DIN 263 Sanitary appliances – Crosslinked cast acrylic sheets for baths and shower trays for domestic purposes. 2006-09 DIN 68 935 Coordinating dimensions for bathroom furniture, appliances and sanitary equipment. 2009-10

Sanitary engineering standards DIN EN 26 Gas-fired instantaneous water heaters for the production of domestic hot water. Draft standard. 2012-03 DIN EN 89 Gas-fired storage water heaters for the production of domestic hot water. Draft standard. 2012-03 DIN EN 295 Vitrified clay pipe systems for drains and sewers – Part 1: Requirements for pipes, fittings and joints. 2013-05; Part 2: Evaluation of conformity and sampling. 2013-05; Part 3: Test methods. 2012-03; Part 4: Requirements for adaptors, connectors and flexible couplings. 2013-05; Part 5: Requirements for perforated pipes and fittings. 2013-05; Part 6: Requirements for components of manholes and inspection chambers. 2013-05 DIN EN 806 Specifications for installations inside buildings conveying water for human consumption – Part 1: General. 2001-12; Part 2: Design. 2005-06; Part 3: Pipe sizing – Simplified method. 2006-07; Part 4: Installation. 2010-06; Part 5: Operation and maintenance. 2012-04 BS EN 937 Chemicals used for treatment of water intended for human consumption – Chlorine. 2009-11 BS EN 973 Chemicals used for treatment of water intended for human consumption – Sodium chloride for regeneration of ion exchangers. 2009-11 BS EN 1405 Chemicals used for treatment of water intended for human consumption – Sodium alginate. 2009-11 BS EN 1406 Chemicals used for treatment of water intended for human consumption – Modified starches. 2009-11 DIN CEN / TS 1451 Plastics piping systems for soil and waste discharge (low and high temperature) within the building structure – Polypropylene (PP) – Part 2: Guidance for the assessment of conformity. 2012-05 DIN EN ISO 1452 Plastics piping systems for water supply and for buried and above-ground drainage and sewerage under pressure – Unplasticised poly (vinyl chloride) (PVC-U). 2010-04 DIN CEN / TS 1519 Plastics piping systems for soil and waste discharge (low and high temperature) within the building structure – Polyethylene (PE) – Part 2: Guidance for the assessment of conformity. 2012-05 DIN EN 1717 Protection against pollution of potable water installations and general requirements of devices to prevent pollution by backflow; Technical rule of the DVGW. 2011-08 DIN EN 1838 Lighting applications – Emergency lighting. 2013-10 DIN 1986 Drainage systems on private ground – Part 4: Fields of application of sewage pipes and fittings of different materials. Draft standard. 2010-10; Part 30: Maintenance. 2012-02; Part 100: Specifications in relation to DIN EN 752 and DIN EN 12056. 2008-05 DIN 1988 Codes of practice for drinking water installations – Part 1: General; DVGW code of practice. 1988-12; Part 2: Materials, components, appliances, design and

installation; DVGW code of practice. 1988-12; Part 3: Pipe sizing; DVGW code of practice. 1988-12; Part 20: Installation Type A (closed system) – Planning, components, apparatus, materials; DVGW code of practice. 2008-07; Part 100: Protection of drinking water, drinking water quality control; DVGW code of practice. 2011-08; Part 200: Installation Type A (closed system) – Planning, components, apparatus, materials; DVGW code of practice. 2012-05; Part 300: Pipe sizing; DVGW code of practice. 2012-05; Part 500: Pressure boosting stations with RPM-regulated pumps; DVGW code of practice. 2010-10; Part 600: Drinking water installations in connection with fire fighting and fire protection installations; DVGW code of practice. 2010-12 DIN 2403 Identification of pipelines according to the fluid conveyed. 2007-05 DIN 3266 Valves for drinking water installations on private premises – Anti-vacuum valve Types D and E – Requirements and tests. 2008-07 DIN EN ISO 11 297 Plastics piping systems for renovation of underground drainage and sewerage networks under pressure – Part 1: General. 2013-08 DIN EN 12 175 Chemicals used for treatment of water intended for human consumption – Hexafluorosilicic acid. 2013-06 DIN EN 12 193 Light and lighting – Sports lighting. 2008-04 DIN EN 12 201 Plastics piping systems for water supply, and for drainage and sewerage under pressure – Polyethylene (PE) – Part 2: Pipes. 2013-12; Part 4: Valves. 2012-04 DIN EN 12 464 Light and lighting – Lighting of work places – Part 1: Indoor work places. 2011-08 DIN EN 12 566 Small wastewater treatment systems for up to 50 PT – Part 7: Prefabricated tertiary treatment units. 2013-07 DIN EN 12 665 Light and lighting – Basic terms and criteria for specifying lighting requirements. 2011-09 DIN EN 12 729 Devices to prevent pollution by backflow of potable water – Controllable backflow preventer with reduced pressure zone – Family B – Type A; Corrigendum. 2009-04 DIN EN ISO 12 846 Water quality – Determination of mercury – Method using atomic absorption spectrometry (AAS) with and without enrichment. 2012-08 DIN EN 12 977 Thermal solar systems and components – Custom-built systems – Part 2: Test methods for solar water heaters and combisystems. 2012-06; Part 4: Performance test methods for solar combistores. 2012-06 DIN EN 13 032 Light and lighting – Measurement and presentation of photometric data of lamps and luminaires – Part 2: Presentation of data for indoor and outdoor work places. 2005-03; Part 3: Presentation of data for emergency lighting of work places. 2007-12 ISO 13 056 Plastics piping systems – Pressure systems for hot and cold water – Test method for leak tightness under vacuum. 2011-11 2

DIN EN 13 203 Solar-supported gasfired domestic appliances producing hot water – Appliances not exceeding 70 kW heat input and 500 litres water storage capacity – Part 3: Assessment of energy consumption. 2010-12; Part 4: Assessment of energy consumption of gas-fired appliances combined heat and power (micro CHP) producing hot water and electricity not exceeding 70 kW heat input, not exceeding 50 kWe electrical output and 500 l water storage capacity. Draft standard. 2010-11 ISO 13 254 Thermoplastics piping systems for non-pressure applications – Test method for water tightness. 2010-05 ISO 13 255 Thermoplastics piping systems for soil and waste discharge inside buildings – Test method for air tightness of joints. 2010-05 DIN EN 14 055 WC and urinal flushing cisterns. 2011-02 DIN EN 14 154 Water meters – Part 1: General requirements. 2011-06; Part 2: Installation and conditions of use. 2011-06; Part 3: Test methods and equipment. 2011-06 DIN EN 14 428 Shower enclosures – Functional requirements and test methods. 2008-04 DIN CEN / TS 14 632 Plastics piping systems for drainage, sewerage and water supply, pressure and non-pressure – Glass-reinforced thermosetting plastics (GRP) based on unsaturated polyester resin (UP) – Guidance for the assessment of conformity. 2012-05 DIN EN 15 096 Devices to prevent pollution by backflow of potable water – hose union anti-vacuum valves – DN 15 to DN 25 inclusive family H, type B and type D – General technical specification. 2008-04 DIN EN 15 193 Energy performance of buildings – Energy requirements for lighting. 2008-03 DIN EN 15 651 Sealants for nonstructural use in joints in buildings and pedestrian walkways – Part 3: Sealants for sanitary joints. Draft standard. 2007-06 DIN EN 15 848 Water conditioning equipment inside buildings – Adjustable chemical dosing systems – Requirements for performance, safety and testing. 2010-06 DIN EN ISO 15 874 Plastics piping systems for hot and cold water installations – Polypropylene (PP) – Part 1: General; Part 2: Pipes; Part 3: Fittings; Part 5: Fitness for purpose of the system. 2013-06 ISO 15 877 Plastics piping systems for hot and cold water installations – Chlorinated poly(vinyl chloride) (PVC-C) – Part 1: General; Amendment 1. 2010-11; Part 2: Pipes; Amendment 1. 2010-11; Part 3: Fittings; Amendment 1. 2010-11; Part 5: Fitness for purpose of the system; Amendment 1. 2010-11 DIN EN 15 882 Extended application of results from fire resistance tests for service installations – Part 1: Ducts. 2012-03 DIN 18 017 Ventilation of bathrooms and WCs without outside windows; Part 1: Single-duct systems without fans. 1987-02; Part 2: Single-duct

117

Appendix

systems without fans. 1990-08; Part 3: Ventilation by fans. 2009-09 DIN SPEC 19 577 Plastics piping systems for soil and waste discharge (low and high temperature) within the building structure – Unplasticised poly (vinyl chloride) (PVC-U) – Part 2: Guidance for the assessment of conformity. Technical rule. 2012-09 DIN SPEC 19 579 Plastics piping systems for soil and waste discharge (low and high temperature) within the building structure – Acrylonitrilebutadiene-styrene (ABS) – Part 2: Guidance for the assessment of conformity. Technical rule. 2012-09 DIN SPEC 19 581 Plastics piping systems for soil and waste discharge (low and high temperature) within the building structure – Styrenecopolymer blends (SAN+PVC) – Part 2: Guidance for the assessment of conformity. Technical rule. 2012-09 DIN SPEC 19 582 Plastics piping systems for soil and waste discharge (low and high temperature) within the building structure – Chlorinated poly(vinyl chloride) (PVC-C) – Part 2: Guidance for the assessment of conformity. Technical rule. 2012-09 DIN 19 606 Chlorinators for water treatment – Equipment, installation and operation. 2006-06 DIN SPEC 19 748 Requirements for lining with cured-in-place pipes for renovation of drains connected to premises. 2012-05 DIN SPEC 19 755 Activities relating to drinking water and wastewater services – Guidelines for the assessment and for the improvement of the service to users. Technical rule. 2012-03 DIN SPEC 19 757 Activities relating to drinking water and wastewater services – Guidelines for the management of drinking water utilities and for the assessment of drinking water services. Technical rule. 2012-03 DIN SPEC 19 810 Recommendations for prevention of Legionella growth in installations inside buildings conveying water for human consumption. Technical rule. 2012-09 DIN EN ISO 21 003 Multilayer piping systems for hot and cold water installations inside buildings – Part 1: General. Corrigendum. 2010-01; Part 2: Pipes. 2008-11; Part 5: Fitness for purpose of the system. 2008-11 DIN CEN ISO / TS 21 003; DIN SPEC 19 851 Multilayer piping systems for hot and cold water installations inside buildings – Part 7: Guidance for the assessment of conformity. Pre-standard. 2010-12 DIN EN ISO 22 391 Plastics piping systems for hot and cold water installations – Polyethylene of raised temperature resistance (PE-RT) – Part 1: General; Part 2: Pipes; Part 3: Fittings. 2010-04; Part 5: Fitness for purpose of the system. 2010-04 DIN CEN ISO / TS 22 391 Plastics piping systems for hot and cold water installations – Polyethylene of raised temperature resistance (PE-RT) – Part 7: Guidance for the assessment of conformity. Technical rule. 2012-03 DIN 4753 Water heaters, water heating installations and storage water

118

heaters for drinking water – Part 1: Tanks with a capacity of over 1000 l; Part 3: Corrosion protection on the water side by enamelling and cathodic protection – Requirements and testing; Part 4: Corrosion protection on the water side by means of hotsetting resin-bonded tank linings; Part 5: Corrosion protection on the water side by means of natural or synthetic rubber tank linings; Part 7: Tanks with a capacity of up to 1000 l, requirements relating to manufacture, thermal insulation and corrosion protection. 2011-11 DIN 5034 Daylight in interiors – Part 1: General requirements. 2011-07 DIN 5035 Artificial lighting – Part 3: Lighting of health-care premises. 2006-07 DIN EN 60 335 Household and similar electrical appliances – Safety – Part 2-21: Particular requirements for storage water heaters. Draft standard. 2012-03; Part 2-35: Particular requirements for instantaneous water heaters. Draft standard. 2012-03; Part 2-84: Particular requirements for toilets. 2004-02; Part 2-105: Particular requirements for multifunctional shower cabinets. Draft standard. 2007-03 DIN EN 60 529; VDE 0470-1 Degrees of protection provided by enclosures (IP Code). 2014-09 DIN EN 60 598; VDE 0711-1 Luminaires – Part 1: General requirements and tests . 2009-09 DIN SPEC 91 137 Plastics piping systems for non-pressure underground drainage and sewerage – Unplasticised poly (vinyl chloride) (PVC-U) – Part 2: Guidance for assessment of conformity. Technical rule. 2012-09 DIN VDE 0100-410:2007-06; VDE 0100410:2007-06 Low-voltage electrical installations – Part 4-41: Protection for safety – Protection against electric shock. 2007-06 DIN VDE 0100-701 Low-voltage electrical installations – Part 7-701: Requirements for special installations or locations – Locations containing a bath or shower. 2008-10 Further sanitation engineering guidelines / regulations Workplace regulation ASR 35/5 Washing facilities beyond required washrooms. Technical rule. 1976-05 Workplace regulation ASR 37/1 Toilets. Technical rule. 1976-09 Occupational safety regulation BGR 131 – Natural and artificial workplace lighting DVGW W 517 Drinking water heaters – Requirements and testing. 2012-05 DVGW W 551 Drinking water heating and drinking water piping systems – Technical measures to reduce Legionella growth – Design, construction, operation and rehabilitation of drinking water installations. Technical rule. 2004-04 DVGW W 553 Dimensioning of circulation systems in central drinking water heating systems. Technical rule. 1998-12 DVGW W 574 Sanitary fittings as taps and fittings for drinking water installations – Requirements and testing. Technical rule. 2007-04

DVGW W 574-1 Technical test specifications – Sanitary fittings as taps and fittings for drinking water installations – Requirements and testing. Technical rule, draft. 2012-07 DWA-A 779 Technical rule on substances hazardous to water (TRwS), General Technical Regulations. 2006-04 Drinking Water Ordinance (TrinkwV) Second ordinance on amending the Drinking Water Ordinance 2001 amendment to the Drinking Water Ordinance VDI 2050 Blatt 2 Requirements for mechanical equipment rooms – Sanitary engineering. 2011-11 VDI 2077 Blatt 2 Energy consumption accounting for the building services – Water supply systems. 2010-11 VDI 2077 Blatt 3.2 Energy consumption accounting for the building services – Heat and hot-water supply installations – Cost allocation in connected installations. 2012-03 VDI 3810 Blatt 2 Operation and maintenance of building installations – Sanitary systems. 2009-03 VDI 3818 Public sanitary facilities. Technical rule. 2008-02 VDI 6000 Provision and installation of sanitary facilities, Blatt 1: Private housing. 2008-2; VDI / BV-BS 6000 Blatt 1.1 Generic aspects and systems; Prefabricated sanitary modules (prefabricated sanitary rooms, installation systems). 2012-02; Blatt 2: Workplaces and work stations. 2007-11; Blatt 3: Public buildings and areas. 2007-11; Blatt 4: Hotel rooms. 2006-11; Blatt 5: Housing for the elderly, old people’s homes, nursing homes. 2004-11; Blatt 6: Kindergarten, day-care centres, schools. 2006-11 VDI 6002 Blatt 1 Solar heating for potable water – Basic principles – System technology and application in residential buildings. Technical rule, draft. 2012-05 VDI 6003 Water heating systems – Comfort criteria and performance evels for planning, evaluation and implementation. Technical rule, draft. 2011-09 VDI 6008 Blatt 2 Barrier-free buildings – Aspects of sanitary installation. Technical rule, draft. 2011-07 VDI 6024 Blatt 1 Saving of water in drinking-water installations – Requirements for planning, installation, operation, and maintenance. 2008-09

Appendix

Literature Bartenbach, Christian; Witting, Walter: Handbuch für Lichtgestaltung – Lichttechnische und wahrnehmungspsychologische Grundlagen. Vienna 2009 EW Medien und Kongresse GmbH (pub.): RWE Bau-Handbuch. Frankfurt am Main 2010 Geberit (pub.): Der Geberit 2013/14 – Technische Informationen. Pfullendorf 2013 Heiss, Oliver; Ebe, Johann; Degenhart, Christine: Barrierefreies Bauen. Munich 2009 Jocher, Thomas; Loch, Sigrid: Raumpilot Grundlagen. Published by the Wüstenrot Stiftung, Ludwigsburg. 3rd ed., Stuttgart 2014 Kramer, Heinrich; von Lom, Walter: Licht. Cologne, 2002 Lange, Horst: Handbuch für Beleuchtung (loose leaf notebook), 54th update. Heidelberg 2012 Meuser, Philipp (ed.): Barrierefreies Bauen. Handbuch und Planungshilfe. 2nd ed., Berlin 2012 Pistohl, Wolfram; Rechenauer, Christian; Scheurer, Birgit: Handbuch der Gebäudetechnik, Vol. 1 – Allgemeines, Sanitär, Elektro, Gas. 8th ed., Cologne 2013 Pistohl, Wolfram; Rechenauer, Christian; Scheurer, Birgit: Handbuch der Gebäudetechnik, Vol. 2 – Heizung, Lüftung, Beleuchtung, Energiesparen. 8th ed., Cologne 2013 xia intelligente architektur 01–03/13, Architektur und Technik. LeinfeldenEchterdingen

Image credits The authors and publishers would like to cordially thank everyone who contributed to the creation of this book by offering us images, allowing us to reproduce them and providing information. All the drawings in this work were produced specifically for it. Photos that are not credited come from the architects' archive or from the archive of Detail magazine. Despite our best efforts, we have not been able to identify some owners of photos and images, but their copyrights remain unaffected. Please contact us if you have any information on this subject. Title page left, page 60, 104, 105: Daici Ano, Tokyo Title page centre, page 70 top: Stefan Wolf Lucks, Berlin Title page right, page 23 top, 23 top middle, 24 top right, 29 middle, 38, 44 top left, 44 top right, 45 top right, 50 left, 53 bottom left, 53 bottom right, 79 bottom, 82, 87 bottom middle: Geberit Page 6: © PARA Page 8 left, 68 bottom: Regina Recht, Munich Page 8 right: GRAFT Page 9 left: nhow Berlin Page 9 right: Derryck Menere, Shanghai Page 9 bottom: Stephane Rocher Photography Page 10: Empire Riverside Hotel, Hamburg Page 11 left: Oliver Helbig, Berlin Page 11 right: Thomas Baecker Bettina

Kraus, Hamburg Page 12, 25 top, 26 top right, 66 top left: ultramarine/frank jankowski fotografie, Cologne Page 14 left, 22 right, 45 top left, 91 bottom: SKA Sibylle Kramer Architekten, Hamburg Page 14 right: Bundesverband Bausysteme e. V., Fachverband Fertigbad, Koblenz Page 16 bottom: VDI 6000 Part 1 – Reproduced with the permission of the Verein Deutscher Ingenieure e. V. Page 17 top: Jens Weber, Munich Page 17 bottom: Pistohl, Wolfram; Rechenauer, Christian; Scheurer, Birgit: Handbuch der Gebäudetechnik, Band 1 – Allgemeines, Sanitär, Elektro, Gas. Cologne 2013, D31–D35 Page 18 left: Juergen Eheim, Brixen Page 18 right: paul ott photografiert Page 19: http://www.hotelsterne.de / fileadmin/pdf/Deutsche_Hotelklassifizierung_2010-2014.pdf; p. 5 –7 Page 20 top, 65 bottom right, 103: Silken Puerta América Page 20 bottom: Günter Standl, guenterstandl.de Page 21, 22 left: VDI 6000 Part 1 – Reproduced with the permission of the Verein Deutscher Ingenieure e. V. Page 23 bottom middle: Thomas Drexel, Augsburg Page 23 bottom, 32 top, 66 bottom: Mosa, Maastricht Page 24 top left: Kaldewei, Ahlen Page 24 bottom, 25 bottom: Pistohl, Wolfram et al. Band 1, 2013, D82 and D84 Page 26 top left: Kermi GmbH, Plattling Page 26 bottom: Derek Swalwell, Melbourne Page 28 top left: Tobias Rathmair / Rosskopf & Partner AG Page 28 top right: David Monroe Photography Page 29 top: VARICOR GmbH, Gaggenau Page 29 bottom: Dyson Page 30 top: VOLA GmbH, Munich Page 30 bottom, 31: ASR A4.1 Page 32 bottom: VDI 6000 Part 2 – Reproduced with the permission of the Verein Deutscher Ingenieure e. V. Page 33 top: Junk & Reich Architekten Page 33 middle: Kurt Entenmann Page 33 bottom: Tom Rossiter Photography, Chicago Page 34 top left, 112, 113: David Franck, Ostfildern Page 34 top right: David Matthiessen, Stuttgart Page 34 bottom, 35: VDI 6000 Part 6 – Reproduced with the permission of the Verein Deutscher Ingenieure e. V. Page 36 top: Olaf Nagel, Ostfildern Page 36 bottom, 37 bottom, 50 top right: VDI 6000 Part 3 – Reproduced with the permission of the Verein Deutscher Ingenieure e. V. Page 37 top: Tihomir Rachev, Sofia Page 40 top: Pistohl, Wolfram et al. Vol. 1, 2013, B97 Page 42 bottom: DIN 1986-100 Page 43 top left: Kessel GmbH, Lenting Page 43 top right: Pistohl, Wolfram et al. Vol. 1, 2013, C85 Page 45 bottom, 46 left, 47 top right, 52, 53 top left: EW Medien und Kongresse GmbH (pub.): RWE BauHandbuch. Frankfurt am Main 2010, p. 19/14; p. 19/16; p. 19/19; p. 13/22; p. 13/21

Page 47 top left: DIN 18195 Page 47 bottom right: Pistohl, Wolfram et al. Vol. 1, 2013, D65 Page 48 bottom left, page 95: Sopro Bauchemie GmbH, Wiesbaden Page 48 bottom right: Uponor GmbH, Haßfurt Page 49 top middle: DIN EN 12 831 and VDI 6000 Part 1 Page 49 bottom: Pistohl, Wolfram; Rechenauer, Christian; Scheurer, Birgit: Handbuch der Gebäudetechnik, Vol. 2, H207 Page 50 top middle: data from the TU Darmstadt, Fachgebiet Entwerfen und energieeffizientes Bauen Page 51 left: Schultke, Hans; Werner, Michael: ABC der Elektroinstallation. Frankfurt 2005, p. 50 Page 51 right: RAL-RG 678 and DIN 18 015-2 Page 53 top right: Wilhelm Gienger München KG, Markt Schwaben Page 55 top left: Deutsche Gesellschaft für Nachhaltiges Bauen, Stuttgart Page 55 top right: www.well-online.eu Page 56 left: Hansgrohe AG, Schiltach / Pontos GmbH, Offenburg Page 56 right: iWater Wassertechnik GmbH & Co. KG, Troisdorf Page 57 top left: https://www.schwaebisch-hall.de/ham/energie-sparen / strom-wasser/artikel/h1103_Regenwassernutzung-spart-Trinkwasser. php Page 57 top right: Fachvereinigung Betriebs- und Regenwassernutzung e. V. (fbr), Darmstadt Page 57 bottom left: Daloual GbR, Schwäbisch Hall Page 57 bottom right: Viva Verde Ecology, Berlin Page 58 top left: Gutjahr Systemtechnik GmbH, Bickenbach / Bergstraße Page 58 top right: unendlich-viel-energie.de Page 58 bottom: Schulitz Architektur + Technologie Page 59: Zehnder Group Deutschland GmbH, Lahr Page 62 top: BGR 181 Page 63 top, middle: Max Zambelli, Mailand /Bologna Page 63 bottom: Mandarin Oriental, Munich Page 64 left: sss-solnhofen.de Page 65 bottom left: Klaus Frahm, Berlin Page 66 top right: Danica Kus, Brussels Page 67 top: Aqua Cultura / Steinrücke Page 67 middle: Dominique Marc Wehrli, La Chaux-de-Fonds Page 67 bottom, 109: Åke E:son Lindman, Stockholm Page 68 top: Roland Halbe, Stuttgart Page 69 top left: Friederike von Rauch, Berlin Page 69 top right: Christina Dimitriadis, Berlin Page 69 bottom left: Tuomas Uusheimo, Helsinki Page 69 bottom right: SCHOLLGLAS / Glasfischer Glastechnik Page 70 bottom: scarchitekten, Berlin Page 72 left: Earl Carter, St. Kilda Page 72 middle: Axel Nieberg, Hannover Page 72 right: David Duncan Livingston, Mill Valley Page 73 top: Hufton + Crow / VIEW / arturimages Page 73 middle, 78 right: Oliver Hofmeister (OIKIOS GmbH)

Page 73 bottom: Ed Reeve /arturimages Page 74 top left: Regiolux GmbH, Königsberg Page 75 top left: Hoffmeister Leuchten GmbH, Schalksmühle Page 75 top right: LED Linear, Neukirchen-Vluyn Page 75 bottom: Klaus Frahm /arturimages Page 76 top: DIN EN 12464-1 Page 76 middle and bottom: http://www.rademacher-gmbh.de/hp/ download/download. php?attachment=schutzart.pdf Page 77: de – das Elektrohandwerk, 23-24/2008 Page 78 left: Jo Pauwels, Brussels Page 79 top: Erwin Müller GmbH, Lingen (Ems) Page 79 top middle: KEUCO GmbH & Co. KG, Hemer Page 79 bottom middle: Helene Binet, London Page 80 left: Rexa Design, San Quirino Page 80 middle: Julia Schambeck, Munich Page 80 right: Christian Gahl, Berlin Page 81 Licht01 Lighting Design Page 83, 86 bottom left, 87 bottom right: HEWI Heinrich Wilke GmbH, Bad Arolsen Page 86 bottom right: Pressalit Care Page 87 bottom left: Bette GmbH & Co. KG, Delbrück Page 88 top: Stump & Schibli Architekten BDA, Basel Page 88 bottom: DIN 18 040-1 Page 89 DIN 18 040-1 and 2 Page 91 left: Niedersächsisches Landesgesundheitsamt Page 91 right: Vereinigung Deutsche Sanitärwirtschaft (VDS) 8/2012, Source: Gesellschaft für Konsumforschung (GfK) Page 92 bottom: Adrian Sauer, Berlin Page 93 top left: Peter Schumacher, Stuttgart Page 93 top right: FG + SG – Fotografia de Arquitectura, Lisbon Page 94 top left: AGROB BUCHTAL GmbH, Schwarzenfeld Page 94 top right: RETTIG Germany GmbH, Goslar Page 98, 99: Bernhard Strauss, Freiburg Page 100, 101: Lukas Schaller, Vienna Page 102: Carl-Viggo Hølmebakk, Oslo Page 106, 107: © Hochbauamt Canton Zurich, Mark Röthlisberger Page 108: Claesson Koivisto Rune Architects, Stockholm Page 110: Giuseppe Micchichè / Architekturpreis Beton 13 Page 111: Ruedi Walti, Basel Page 114, 115: Jan Bitter, Berlin Chapter title photos Page 6: Detached family house in Syracuse (USA) 2014, para project, New York Page 12: Project in the Belgian Quarter, Cologne (D) 2012, ultramarine with Ivo Beucker, Cologne Page 38: Drinking water pipe Page 60: Hotel in Obanazawa (J) 2006, Kengo Kuma & Associates, Tokyo Page 82: Floor-level shower with lateral drain Page 96: Public toilet in Innsbruck (A) 2011, Rainer Köberl and Daniela Kröss, Innsbruck

119

Appendix

Index Accessories Accident prevention Air speed Alarms Anteroom Anti-slip (classes) Anti-slip surfaces Artificial light Artificial stone Asbestos

25 29, 61 58 84 31 29, 61, 87 24 72 64 94

Backflow level Backflow prevention Bathroom, en-suite Bathroom furniture Bathroom types Bathtub Barrier-free building Bidet Binning Black and white separation Black water Boiler Built-in washbasin Candela Carbon footprint Cement-bonded materials Central drinking water supply system Central ventilation Ceramic tiles Certification systems Changing rooms Circulation areas Clothes hooks Cognitive limitations Colour Rendering Index (CRI), international Colour Rendering Index (Ra), in accordance with DIN Colour representation Colour temperature Comfort Comfortable toilet Composting toilet Connecting pipe Construction material Contaminants Control technologies Cool-air hand dryer Cost-effectiveness Countertop washbasin

43 43 13 25 18 18, 24 83, 88 20, 23 75 33 43 40 22 73 56 65 41 50 66 54 31, 33 85 87 84 74 73f. 74 73f. 18, 83 23 57 42 56 90, 94 59 28, 58 28 22

DALI (Digital Addressable Lighting Interface) 80 Daylight /controls 72f. Daylight sensors 80f. Degree of reflection 73 Degree of shine 62 DGNB 54 Diameter Nominal – DN 40 Dimming 80 District heating 41 Domestic drinking water connection 40 Domestic hot water supply (drinking water) 40 Double washbasin 22 Downpipe 42 Drinking water consumption 56 Drinking water installation 39 Drinking water pipes 40 Drinking water quality 39 Durability 59 Ecological balance Ecological quality Economic quality Edge joints Electrical installation Electric surface heating Emergency call device Energy efficiency Equipment Exhaust air (volume) flow Exposure classes

120

56 55 55 48 25, 51 95 87 59 22, 52 51 46

Family bathroom 13 Fibre optic technology 80 Fire protection 52 Float glass 69 Floor-level shower 45 Floor-mounted taps and fittings 25 Flow volumes 56 Flush-down toilet 23 Flush-rimless toilet 23 Front wall installation 20, 44f. Funding subsidies 90 Furnishing concept 19 Geothermal energy 55 Glass 69 Granite 62 Grey water 41, 56 Group supply 40 Guest toilet, guest bathroom 13, 18, 22 74 75 22 58 62 41 25 48 49 40

Halogen Halogen lamps Hand basin Hand towel dryer/ warmer Hard stone Heat pumps Heating as hand towel rail Heating installation Heating panels on walls Heating water Height-adjustable sanitary fittings Height-adjustable washbasin Historic development of bathrooms Hot water supply Hotel (bathroom) House installation HT pipes Humidity Hygiene

22 83 7 40 8, 18 39 44 58 28

Illuminants 74 Illumination intensity E 73 Impression of lightness 73 Infiltration water 41 In-floor heating 48, 58 In-wall heating systems 48 In-wall installation 25 Instantaneous water heater 40 Installation blocks 14 Installation heights (for sanitary objects and fittings) 21f. Installation heights (for switches and power points) 52 Installation systems 44 Installation zones 51 Inventory 90f., 93 IP Code 76f. Joints (material) Joints

67 46f.

KG pipes Kindergartens / child-care centres Equipment required Sanitary facilities Labels Large-scale systems Lead (pipes) LED Life cycle Lifting stations Lightness Light colours Light distribution Light effects Light spectrum Light well Lighting control Lighting scenario Lighting technology Lighting types Lights Limestone Luminosity Luminous intensity

44 34 35

54 39 90 74, 80 54ff. 43f. 78 72 73f., 78 80 74 81, 93 79f. 80 75 78 74 62 74 73f.

Magmatic stone 62 Main sewer connections 39 Maintenance 90 Manifold connection pipe 42 Marble 62 Master bathroom 13 Materials /material properties 61f., 73 Mechanical ventilation 50 Metal 68 Metamorphic stone 62 Minimum distances 21, 30 Minimum volume flow 51 Mineral materials 65 Mirror 25 Mix system 42 Mobility 84 Modernisation 90 Motor restrictions 84 Mould 90 Movement area 21, 34, 85, 88 Movement joints 47 Multi-generational bathroom 13 Natural ventilation Natural (quarry) stone Non-metallic sheathed cable installation PCB PELV Photovoltaic Pipes Pipe camera Pipe installation Planning fundamentals Planning specifications in DIN 18 040-1 Planning tools Plastic Plastic pipes Platform Porcelain stoneware Prefabricated bathrooms Pressure booster system Preventing damage Protection areas Protection classes Protection types Publicly accessible areas Public sanitary facilities Quality for users Quality seals Quartz Quick inflow of fresh air

50 62f. 52 94 78 55 44 91 52 11 85ff. 15 69 44 91 66 14 40 26 51, 77 76f. 76f. 85 10, 27 21 54 62 51

Radiator Rainwater Rainwater pipe Range washbasin Reaction resin Renewable energy Renovation and modernisation Requirement figure Restricting disabilities RGB light Riser cable installation Robustness Room temperature

49 41, 56 42 22, 28 46 55 90 29 84 74 52 61 58

Sanitary equipment Sanitary facilities Sanitary fittings and equipment in gastronomic institutions in places of public assembly in workplaces Sanitary cells Sanitary installations Sanitary objects Schools Sealing in bathrooms and wet rooms Sedimentary stone Self-closing tap SELV Separate systems Sewage lifting station Shafts

34 20 22 36 36 29 14 39 28 34 26 46 62 22, 25 78 42 43 45

Shallow pan toilet Shower areas Shower basin Shower bath Shower cubicle Shower partitions Shower systems Shower-toilet Signs Single connection pipe Single-lever taps Sink Skirting board heating Sliding socket SML pipe Soft stone Solar energy Solar thermal system Sound insulation Spa-type bathroom Spray protection Standard bathroom Standing models Stoneware Supply shafts Support handles Surface heating (systems) Surface properties Systems technology

23 33, 86 24 18 24 24 45 23 84 42 25 28 49 44 44 62 41, 55 55, 58 53f. 13 26 14 24 66 20 87 48, 58f. 61 58

Tactile guide systems for the blind 84 Taps and fittings 22, 25, 46, 56 Temperature control heating 49 Temperature limiter 85 Tempered safety glass 69 Thermal comfort 58 Thermal storage water heater 41 Thermostat 25 Thick bed / thin bed 47f. Tile backing board 95 Tile laying 47 Tiles 22, 47, 66 Tiles on tiles 93, 95 Toilets 18, 23, 85 Treatment of the surface of natural stone 64 Twin-lever taps 25 Underground pipe Universal Design Urinal

43 84 24

Ventilation pipes Ventilation system Ventilation systems (decentralised) Volume flow

43 50 50 51

Wall-mounted models 23 Wall-mounted support handles 87 Wall-mounted tap 25 Wall plaster 49 Washbasin 22, 86 Washbasin panel 23 Washing facilities 31, 33 Wastewater disposal, -pipes 41f., 44 Wastewater lifting station 43f. Wastewater pipe 42 Water energy 55 Water intake points 40, 43 Water-saving tap 25 WELL label 54f. Wet room 46 Wheelchairs 84 Whirlpool, whirlpool tub 25 Wind energy 55 Wood (material) 67 Wooden beam (floor) 95 Wood pellet boiler 58 Workplace regulations (Arbeitsstättenrichtlinie ASR) 85